1 // aarch64.cc -- aarch64 target support for gold.
3 // Copyright (C) 2014-2015 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 // Written by Jing Yu <jingyu@google.com> and Han Shen <shenhan@google.com>.
6 // This file is part of gold.
8 // This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 // it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 // the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
11 // (at your option) any later version.
13 // This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 // but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 // MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 // GNU General Public License for more details.
18 // You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 // along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20 // Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
21 // MA 02110-1301, USA.
31 #include "parameters.h"
38 #include "copy-relocs.h"
40 #include "target-reloc.h"
41 #include "target-select.h"
47 #include "aarch64-reloc-property.h"
49 // The first three .got.plt entries are reserved.
50 const int32_t AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
= 3;
58 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
59 class Output_data_plt_aarch64
;
61 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
62 class Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
;
64 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
67 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
68 class AArch64_relocate_functions
;
70 // Utility class dealing with insns. This is ported from macros in
71 // bfd/elfnn-aarch64.cc, but wrapped inside a class as static members. This
72 // class is used in erratum sequence scanning.
74 template<bool big_endian
>
75 class AArch64_insn_utilities
78 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
80 static const int BYTES_PER_INSN
;
82 // Zero register encoding - 31.
83 static const unsigned int AARCH64_ZR
;
86 aarch64_bit(Insntype insn
, int pos
)
87 { return ((1 << pos
) & insn
) >> pos
; }
90 aarch64_bits(Insntype insn
, int pos
, int l
)
91 { return (insn
>> pos
) & ((1 << l
) - 1); }
93 // Get the encoding field "op31" of 3-source data processing insns. "op31" is
94 // the name defined in armv8 insn manual C3.5.9.
96 aarch64_op31(Insntype insn
)
97 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 21, 3); }
99 // Get the encoding field "ra" of 3-source data processing insns. "ra" is the
100 // third source register. See armv8 insn manual C3.5.9.
102 aarch64_ra(Insntype insn
)
103 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 10, 5); }
106 is_adrp(const Insntype insn
)
107 { return (insn
& 0x9F000000) == 0x90000000; }
110 aarch64_rm(const Insntype insn
)
111 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 16, 5); }
114 aarch64_rn(const Insntype insn
)
115 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 5, 5); }
118 aarch64_rd(const Insntype insn
)
119 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 0, 5); }
122 aarch64_rt(const Insntype insn
)
123 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 0, 5); }
126 aarch64_rt2(const Insntype insn
)
127 { return aarch64_bits(insn
, 10, 5); }
130 aarch64_b(const Insntype insn
)
131 { return (insn
& 0xFC000000) == 0x14000000; }
134 aarch64_bl(const Insntype insn
)
135 { return (insn
& 0xFC000000) == 0x94000000; }
138 aarch64_blr(const Insntype insn
)
139 { return (insn
& 0xFFFFFC1F) == 0xD63F0000; }
142 aarch64_br(const Insntype insn
)
143 { return (insn
& 0xFFFFFC1F) == 0xD61F0000; }
145 // All ld/st ops. See C4-182 of the ARM ARM. The encoding space for
146 // LD_PCREL, LDST_RO, LDST_UI and LDST_UIMM cover prefetch ops.
148 aarch64_ld(Insntype insn
) { return aarch64_bit(insn
, 22) == 1; }
151 aarch64_ldst(Insntype insn
)
152 { return (insn
& 0x0a000000) == 0x08000000; }
155 aarch64_ldst_ex(Insntype insn
)
156 { return (insn
& 0x3f000000) == 0x08000000; }
159 aarch64_ldst_pcrel(Insntype insn
)
160 { return (insn
& 0x3b000000) == 0x18000000; }
163 aarch64_ldst_nap(Insntype insn
)
164 { return (insn
& 0x3b800000) == 0x28000000; }
167 aarch64_ldstp_pi(Insntype insn
)
168 { return (insn
& 0x3b800000) == 0x28800000; }
171 aarch64_ldstp_o(Insntype insn
)
172 { return (insn
& 0x3b800000) == 0x29000000; }
175 aarch64_ldstp_pre(Insntype insn
)
176 { return (insn
& 0x3b800000) == 0x29800000; }
179 aarch64_ldst_ui(Insntype insn
)
180 { return (insn
& 0x3b200c00) == 0x38000000; }
183 aarch64_ldst_piimm(Insntype insn
)
184 { return (insn
& 0x3b200c00) == 0x38000400; }
187 aarch64_ldst_u(Insntype insn
)
188 { return (insn
& 0x3b200c00) == 0x38000800; }
191 aarch64_ldst_preimm(Insntype insn
)
192 { return (insn
& 0x3b200c00) == 0x38000c00; }
195 aarch64_ldst_ro(Insntype insn
)
196 { return (insn
& 0x3b200c00) == 0x38200800; }
199 aarch64_ldst_uimm(Insntype insn
)
200 { return (insn
& 0x3b000000) == 0x39000000; }
203 aarch64_ldst_simd_m(Insntype insn
)
204 { return (insn
& 0xbfbf0000) == 0x0c000000; }
207 aarch64_ldst_simd_m_pi(Insntype insn
)
208 { return (insn
& 0xbfa00000) == 0x0c800000; }
211 aarch64_ldst_simd_s(Insntype insn
)
212 { return (insn
& 0xbf9f0000) == 0x0d000000; }
215 aarch64_ldst_simd_s_pi(Insntype insn
)
216 { return (insn
& 0xbf800000) == 0x0d800000; }
218 // Classify an INSN if it is indeed a load/store. Return true if INSN is a
219 // LD/ST instruction otherwise return false. For scalar LD/ST instructions
220 // PAIR is FALSE, RT is returned and RT2 is set equal to RT. For LD/ST pair
221 // instructions PAIR is TRUE, RT and RT2 are returned.
223 aarch64_mem_op_p(Insntype insn
, unsigned int *rt
, unsigned int *rt2
,
224 bool *pair
, bool *load
)
232 /* Bail out quickly if INSN doesn't fall into the the load-store
234 if (!aarch64_ldst (insn
))
239 if (aarch64_ldst_ex (insn
))
241 *rt
= aarch64_rt (insn
);
243 if (aarch64_bit (insn
, 21) == 1)
246 *rt2
= aarch64_rt2 (insn
);
248 *load
= aarch64_ld (insn
);
251 else if (aarch64_ldst_nap (insn
)
252 || aarch64_ldstp_pi (insn
)
253 || aarch64_ldstp_o (insn
)
254 || aarch64_ldstp_pre (insn
))
257 *rt
= aarch64_rt (insn
);
258 *rt2
= aarch64_rt2 (insn
);
259 *load
= aarch64_ld (insn
);
262 else if (aarch64_ldst_pcrel (insn
)
263 || aarch64_ldst_ui (insn
)
264 || aarch64_ldst_piimm (insn
)
265 || aarch64_ldst_u (insn
)
266 || aarch64_ldst_preimm (insn
)
267 || aarch64_ldst_ro (insn
)
268 || aarch64_ldst_uimm (insn
))
270 *rt
= aarch64_rt (insn
);
272 if (aarch64_ldst_pcrel (insn
))
274 opc
= aarch64_bits (insn
, 22, 2);
275 v
= aarch64_bit (insn
, 26);
276 opc_v
= opc
| (v
<< 2);
277 *load
= (opc_v
== 1 || opc_v
== 2 || opc_v
== 3
278 || opc_v
== 5 || opc_v
== 7);
281 else if (aarch64_ldst_simd_m (insn
)
282 || aarch64_ldst_simd_m_pi (insn
))
284 *rt
= aarch64_rt (insn
);
285 *load
= aarch64_bit (insn
, 22);
286 opcode
= (insn
>> 12) & 0xf;
313 else if (aarch64_ldst_simd_s (insn
)
314 || aarch64_ldst_simd_s_pi (insn
))
316 *rt
= aarch64_rt (insn
);
317 r
= (insn
>> 21) & 1;
318 *load
= aarch64_bit (insn
, 22);
319 opcode
= (insn
>> 13) & 0x7;
331 *rt2
= *rt
+ (r
== 0 ? 2 : 3);
339 *rt2
= *rt
+ (r
== 0 ? 2 : 3);
348 } // End of "aarch64_mem_op_p".
350 // Return true if INSN is mac insn.
352 aarch64_mac(Insntype insn
)
353 { return (insn
& 0xff000000) == 0x9b000000; }
355 // Return true if INSN is multiply-accumulate.
356 // (This is similar to implementaton in elfnn-aarch64.c.)
358 aarch64_mlxl(Insntype insn
)
360 uint32_t op31
= aarch64_op31(insn
);
361 if (aarch64_mac(insn
)
362 && (op31
== 0 || op31
== 1 || op31
== 5)
363 /* Exclude MUL instructions which are encoded as a multiple-accumulate
365 && aarch64_ra(insn
) != AARCH64_ZR
)
371 }; // End of "AArch64_insn_utilities".
374 // Insn length in byte.
376 template<bool big_endian
>
377 const int AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::BYTES_PER_INSN
= 4;
380 // Zero register encoding - 31.
382 template<bool big_endian
>
383 const unsigned int AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::AARCH64_ZR
= 0x1f;
386 // Output_data_got_aarch64 class.
388 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
389 class Output_data_got_aarch64
: public Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>
392 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Valtype
;
393 Output_data_got_aarch64(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
394 : Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>(),
395 symbol_table_(symtab
), layout_(layout
)
398 // Add a static entry for the GOT entry at OFFSET. GSYM is a global
399 // symbol and R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic relocation that needs to be
400 // applied in a static link.
402 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
403 { this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, gsym
)); }
406 // Add a static reloc for the GOT entry at OFFSET. RELOBJ is an object
407 // defining a local symbol with INDEX. R_TYPE is the code of a dynamic
408 // relocation that needs to be applied in a static link.
410 add_static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
411 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
414 this->static_relocs_
.push_back(Static_reloc(got_offset
, r_type
, relobj
,
420 // Write out the GOT table.
422 do_write(Output_file
* of
) {
423 // The first entry in the GOT is the address of the .dynamic section.
424 gold_assert(this->data_size() >= size
/ 8);
425 Output_section
* dynamic
= this->layout_
->dynamic_section();
426 Valtype dynamic_addr
= dynamic
== NULL
? 0 : dynamic
->address();
427 this->replace_constant(0, dynamic_addr
);
428 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(of
);
430 // Handling static relocs
431 if (this->static_relocs_
.empty())
434 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
436 gold_assert(parameters
->doing_static_link());
437 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
438 const section_size_type oview_size
=
439 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
440 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
442 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= this->layout_
->tls_segment();
443 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
445 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_address
=
446 align_address(Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::TCB_SIZE
,
447 tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
449 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< this->static_relocs_
.size(); ++i
)
451 Static_reloc
& reloc(this->static_relocs_
[i
]);
452 AArch64_address value
;
454 if (!reloc
.symbol_is_global())
456 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
= reloc
.relobj();
457 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
=
458 reloc
.relobj()->local_symbol(reloc
.index());
460 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
461 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section.
463 unsigned int shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
464 if ((shndx
== elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
)
466 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
467 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
468 && !this->symbol_table_
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
)))
470 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded local symbol %u from "
471 " object %s in GOT"),
472 reloc
.index(), reloc
.relobj()->name().c_str());
475 value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
479 const Symbol
* gsym
= reloc
.symbol();
480 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
481 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
482 gsym
= this->symbol_table_
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
484 // We are doing static linking. Issue an error and skip this
485 // relocation if the symbol is undefined or in a discarded_section
486 // unless it is a weakly_undefined symbol.
487 if ((gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
488 || gsym
->is_undefined())
489 && !gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
491 gold_error(_("undefined or discarded symbol %s in GOT"),
496 if (!gsym
->is_weak_undefined())
498 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* sym
=
499 static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<size
>*>(gsym
);
500 value
= sym
->value();
506 unsigned got_offset
= reloc
.got_offset();
507 gold_assert(got_offset
< oview_size
);
509 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
510 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(oview
+ got_offset
);
512 switch (reloc
.r_type())
514 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPREL64
:
517 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
:
518 x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_address
;
523 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
, x
);
526 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
530 // Symbol table of the output object.
531 Symbol_table
* symbol_table_
;
532 // A pointer to the Layout class, so that we can find the .dynamic
533 // section when we write out the GOT section.
536 // This class represent dynamic relocations that need to be applied by
537 // gold because we are using TLS relocations in a static link.
541 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
* gsym
)
542 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(true)
543 { this->u_
.global
.symbol
= gsym
; }
545 Static_reloc(unsigned int got_offset
, unsigned int r_type
,
546 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
, unsigned int index
)
547 : got_offset_(got_offset
), r_type_(r_type
), symbol_is_global_(false)
549 this->u_
.local
.relobj
= relobj
;
550 this->u_
.local
.index
= index
;
553 // Return the GOT offset.
556 { return this->got_offset_
; }
561 { return this->r_type_
; }
563 // Whether the symbol is global or not.
565 symbol_is_global() const
566 { return this->symbol_is_global_
; }
568 // For a relocation against a global symbol, the global symbol.
572 gold_assert(this->symbol_is_global_
);
573 return this->u_
.global
.symbol
;
576 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the defining object.
577 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*
580 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
581 return this->u_
.local
.relobj
;
584 // For a relocation against a local symbol, the local symbol index.
588 gold_assert(!this->symbol_is_global_
);
589 return this->u_
.local
.index
;
593 // GOT offset of the entry to which this relocation is applied.
594 unsigned int got_offset_
;
595 // Type of relocation.
596 unsigned int r_type_
;
597 // Whether this relocation is against a global symbol.
598 bool symbol_is_global_
;
599 // A global or local symbol.
604 // For a global symbol, the symbol itself.
609 // For a local symbol, the object defining the symbol.
610 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
;
611 // For a local symbol, the symbol index.
615 }; // End of inner class Static_reloc
617 std::vector
<Static_reloc
> static_relocs_
;
618 }; // End of Output_data_got_aarch64
621 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
622 class AArch64_input_section
;
625 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
626 class AArch64_output_section
;
629 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
630 class AArch64_relobj
;
633 // Stub type enum constants.
639 // Using adrp/add pair, 4 insns (including alignment) without mem access,
640 // the fastest stub. This has a limited jump distance, which is tested by
641 // aarch64_valid_for_adrp_p.
644 // Using ldr-absolute-address/br-register, 4 insns with 1 mem access,
645 // unlimited in jump distance.
646 ST_LONG_BRANCH_ABS
= 2,
648 // Using ldr/calculate-pcrel/jump, 8 insns (including alignment) with 1
649 // mem access, slowest one. Only used in position independent executables.
650 ST_LONG_BRANCH_PCREL
= 3,
652 // Stub for erratum 843419 handling.
655 // Stub for erratum 835769 handling.
658 // Number of total stub types.
663 // Struct that wraps insns for a particular stub. All stub templates are
664 // created/initialized as constants by Stub_template_repertoire.
666 template<bool big_endian
>
669 const typename AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::Insntype
* insns
;
674 // Simple singleton class that creates/initializes/stores all types of stub
677 template<bool big_endian
>
678 class Stub_template_repertoire
681 typedef typename AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::Insntype Insntype
;
683 // Single static method to get stub template for a given stub type.
684 static const Stub_template
<big_endian
>*
685 get_stub_template(int type
)
687 static Stub_template_repertoire
<big_endian
> singleton
;
688 return singleton
.stub_templates_
[type
];
692 // Constructor - creates/initializes all stub templates.
693 Stub_template_repertoire();
694 ~Stub_template_repertoire()
697 // Disallowing copy ctor and copy assignment operator.
698 Stub_template_repertoire(Stub_template_repertoire
&);
699 Stub_template_repertoire
& operator=(Stub_template_repertoire
&);
701 // Data that stores all insn templates.
702 const Stub_template
<big_endian
>* stub_templates_
[ST_NUMBER
];
703 }; // End of "class Stub_template_repertoire".
706 // Constructor - creates/initilizes all stub templates.
708 template<bool big_endian
>
709 Stub_template_repertoire
<big_endian
>::Stub_template_repertoire()
711 // Insn array definitions.
712 const static Insntype ST_NONE_INSNS
[] = {};
714 const static Insntype ST_ADRP_BRANCH_INSNS
[] =
716 0x90000010, /* adrp ip0, X */
717 /* ADR_PREL_PG_HI21(X) */
718 0x91000210, /* add ip0, ip0, :lo12:X */
719 /* ADD_ABS_LO12_NC(X) */
720 0xd61f0200, /* br ip0 */
721 0x00000000, /* alignment padding */
724 const static Insntype ST_LONG_BRANCH_ABS_INSNS
[] =
726 0x58000050, /* ldr ip0, 0x8 */
727 0xd61f0200, /* br ip0 */
728 0x00000000, /* address field */
729 0x00000000, /* address fields */
732 const static Insntype ST_LONG_BRANCH_PCREL_INSNS
[] =
734 0x58000090, /* ldr ip0, 0x10 */
735 0x10000011, /* adr ip1, #0 */
736 0x8b110210, /* add ip0, ip0, ip1 */
737 0xd61f0200, /* br ip0 */
738 0x00000000, /* address field */
739 0x00000000, /* address field */
740 0x00000000, /* alignment padding */
741 0x00000000, /* alignment padding */
744 const static Insntype ST_E_843419_INSNS
[] =
746 0x00000000, /* Placeholder for erratum insn. */
747 0x14000000, /* b <label> */
750 // ST_E_835769 has the same stub template as ST_E_843419.
751 const static Insntype
* ST_E_835769_INSNS
= ST_E_843419_INSNS
;
753 #define install_insn_template(T) \
754 const static Stub_template<big_endian> template_##T = { \
755 T##_INSNS, sizeof(T##_INSNS) / sizeof(T##_INSNS[0]) }; \
756 this->stub_templates_[T] = &template_##T
758 install_insn_template(ST_NONE
);
759 install_insn_template(ST_ADRP_BRANCH
);
760 install_insn_template(ST_LONG_BRANCH_ABS
);
761 install_insn_template(ST_LONG_BRANCH_PCREL
);
762 install_insn_template(ST_E_843419
);
763 install_insn_template(ST_E_835769
);
765 #undef install_insn_template
769 // Base class for stubs.
771 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
775 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
776 typedef typename AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::Insntype Insntype
;
778 static const AArch64_address invalid_address
=
779 static_cast<AArch64_address
>(-1);
781 static const section_offset_type invalid_offset
=
782 static_cast<section_offset_type
>(-1);
785 : destination_address_(invalid_address
),
786 offset_(invalid_offset
),
796 { return this->type_
; }
798 // Get stub template that provides stub insn information.
799 const Stub_template
<big_endian
>*
800 stub_template() const
802 return Stub_template_repertoire
<big_endian
>::
803 get_stub_template(this->type());
806 // Get destination address.
808 destination_address() const
810 gold_assert(this->destination_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
811 return this->destination_address_
;
814 // Set destination address.
816 set_destination_address(AArch64_address address
)
818 gold_assert(address
!= this->invalid_address
);
819 this->destination_address_
= address
;
822 // Reset the destination address.
824 reset_destination_address()
825 { this->destination_address_
= this->invalid_address
; }
827 // Get offset of code stub. For Reloc_stub, it is the offset from the
828 // beginning of its containing stub table; for Erratum_stub, it is the offset
829 // from the end of reloc_stubs.
833 gold_assert(this->offset_
!= this->invalid_offset
);
834 return this->offset_
;
839 set_offset(section_offset_type offset
)
840 { this->offset_
= offset
; }
842 // Return the stub insn.
845 { return this->stub_template()->insns
; }
847 // Return num of stub insns.
850 { return this->stub_template()->insn_num
; }
852 // Get size of the stub.
856 return this->insn_num() *
857 AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
860 // Write stub to output file.
862 write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type view_size
)
863 { this->do_write(view
, view_size
); }
866 // Abstract method to be implemented by sub-classes.
868 do_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
) = 0;
871 // The last insn of a stub is a jump to destination insn. This field records
872 // the destination address.
873 AArch64_address destination_address_
;
874 // The stub offset. Note this has difference interpretations between an
875 // Reloc_stub and an Erratum_stub. For Reloc_stub this is the offset from the
876 // beginning of the containing stub_table, whereas for Erratum_stub, this is
877 // the offset from the end of reloc_stubs.
878 section_offset_type offset_
;
881 }; // End of "Stub_base".
884 // Erratum stub class. An erratum stub differs from a reloc stub in that for
885 // each erratum occurrence, we generate an erratum stub. We never share erratum
886 // stubs, whereas for reloc stubs, different branches insns share a single reloc
887 // stub as long as the branch targets are the same. (More to the point, reloc
888 // stubs can be shared because they're used to reach a specific target, whereas
889 // erratum stubs branch back to the original control flow.)
891 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
892 class Erratum_stub
: public Stub_base
<size
, big_endian
>
895 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_relobj
;
896 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
897 typedef AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
> Insn_utilities
;
898 typedef typename AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::Insntype Insntype
;
900 static const int STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
;
902 static const Insntype invalid_insn
= static_cast<Insntype
>(-1);
904 Erratum_stub(The_aarch64_relobj
* relobj
, int type
,
905 unsigned shndx
, unsigned int sh_offset
)
906 : Stub_base
<size
, big_endian
>(type
), relobj_(relobj
),
907 shndx_(shndx
), sh_offset_(sh_offset
),
908 erratum_insn_(invalid_insn
),
909 erratum_address_(this->invalid_address
)
914 // Return the object that contains the erratum.
917 { return this->relobj_
; }
919 // Get section index of the erratum.
922 { return this->shndx_
; }
924 // Get section offset of the erratum.
927 { return this->sh_offset_
; }
929 // Get the erratum insn. This is the insn located at erratum_insn_address.
933 gold_assert(this->erratum_insn_
!= this->invalid_insn
);
934 return this->erratum_insn_
;
937 // Set the insn that the erratum happens to.
939 set_erratum_insn(Insntype insn
)
940 { this->erratum_insn_
= insn
; }
942 // For 843419, the erratum insn is ld/st xt, [xn, #uimm], which may be a
943 // relocation spot, in this case, the erratum_insn_ recorded at scanning phase
944 // is no longer the one we want to write out to the stub, update erratum_insn_
945 // with relocated version. Also note that in this case xn must not be "PC", so
946 // it is safe to move the erratum insn from the origin place to the stub. For
947 // 835769, the erratum insn is multiply-accumulate insn, which could not be a
948 // relocation spot (assertion added though).
950 update_erratum_insn(Insntype insn
)
952 gold_assert(this->erratum_insn_
!= this->invalid_insn
);
953 switch (this->type())
956 gold_assert(Insn_utilities::aarch64_ldst_uimm(insn
));
957 gold_assert(Insn_utilities::aarch64_ldst_uimm(this->erratum_insn()));
958 gold_assert(Insn_utilities::aarch64_rd(insn
) ==
959 Insn_utilities::aarch64_rd(this->erratum_insn()));
960 gold_assert(Insn_utilities::aarch64_rn(insn
) ==
961 Insn_utilities::aarch64_rn(this->erratum_insn()));
962 // Update plain ld/st insn with relocated insn.
963 this->erratum_insn_
= insn
;
966 gold_assert(insn
== this->erratum_insn());
974 // Return the address where an erratum must be done.
976 erratum_address() const
978 gold_assert(this->erratum_address_
!= this->invalid_address
);
979 return this->erratum_address_
;
982 // Set the address where an erratum must be done.
984 set_erratum_address(AArch64_address addr
)
985 { this->erratum_address_
= addr
; }
987 // Comparator used to group Erratum_stubs in a set by (obj, shndx,
988 // sh_offset). We do not include 'type' in the calculation, becuase there is
989 // at most one stub type at (obj, shndx, sh_offset).
991 operator<(const Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>& k
) const
995 // We group stubs by relobj.
996 if (this->relobj_
!= k
.relobj_
)
997 return this->relobj_
< k
.relobj_
;
998 // Then by section index.
999 if (this->shndx_
!= k
.shndx_
)
1000 return this->shndx_
< k
.shndx_
;
1001 // Lastly by section offset.
1002 return this->sh_offset_
< k
.sh_offset_
;
1007 do_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1010 // The object that needs to be fixed.
1011 The_aarch64_relobj
* relobj_
;
1012 // The shndx in the object that needs to be fixed.
1013 const unsigned int shndx_
;
1014 // The section offset in the obejct that needs to be fixed.
1015 const unsigned int sh_offset_
;
1016 // The insn to be fixed.
1017 Insntype erratum_insn_
;
1018 // The address of the above insn.
1019 AArch64_address erratum_address_
;
1020 }; // End of "Erratum_stub".
1022 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1023 const int Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
= 4;
1025 // Comparator used in set definition.
1026 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1027 struct Erratum_stub_less
1030 operator()(const Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>* s1
,
1031 const Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>* s2
) const
1032 { return *s1
< *s2
; }
1035 // Erratum_stub implementation for writing stub to output file.
1037 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1039 Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
1041 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
1042 const Insntype
* insns
= this->insns();
1043 uint32_t num_insns
= this->insn_num();
1044 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
1045 // For current implemented erratum 843419 and 835769, the first insn in the
1046 // stub is always a copy of the problematic insn (in 843419, the mem access
1047 // insn, in 835769, the mac insn), followed by a jump-back.
1048 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, this->erratum_insn());
1049 for (uint32_t i
= 1; i
< num_insns
; ++i
)
1050 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ i
, insns
[i
]);
1054 // Reloc stub class.
1056 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1057 class Reloc_stub
: public Stub_base
<size
, big_endian
>
1060 typedef Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
> This
;
1061 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
1063 // Branch range. This is used to calculate the section group size, as well as
1064 // determine whether a stub is needed.
1065 static const int MAX_BRANCH_OFFSET
= ((1 << 25) - 1) << 2;
1066 static const int MIN_BRANCH_OFFSET
= -((1 << 25) << 2);
1068 // Constant used to determine if an offset fits in the adrp instruction
1070 static const int MAX_ADRP_IMM
= (1 << 20) - 1;
1071 static const int MIN_ADRP_IMM
= -(1 << 20);
1073 static const int BYTES_PER_INSN
= 4;
1074 static const int STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
;
1076 // Determine whether the offset fits in the jump/branch instruction.
1078 aarch64_valid_branch_offset_p(int64_t offset
)
1079 { return offset
>= MIN_BRANCH_OFFSET
&& offset
<= MAX_BRANCH_OFFSET
; }
1081 // Determine whether the offset fits in the adrp immediate field.
1083 aarch64_valid_for_adrp_p(AArch64_address location
, AArch64_address dest
)
1085 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> Reloc
;
1086 int64_t adrp_imm
= (Reloc::Page(dest
) - Reloc::Page(location
)) >> 12;
1087 return adrp_imm
>= MIN_ADRP_IMM
&& adrp_imm
<= MAX_ADRP_IMM
;
1090 // Determine the stub type for a certain relocation or ST_NONE, if no stub is
1093 stub_type_for_reloc(unsigned int r_type
, AArch64_address address
,
1094 AArch64_address target
);
1096 Reloc_stub(int type
)
1097 : Stub_base
<size
, big_endian
>(type
)
1103 // The key class used to index the stub instance in the stub table's stub map.
1107 Key(int type
, const Symbol
* symbol
, const Relobj
* relobj
,
1108 unsigned int r_sym
, int32_t addend
)
1109 : type_(type
), addend_(addend
)
1113 this->r_sym_
= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
;
1114 this->u_
.symbol
= symbol
;
1118 gold_assert(relobj
!= NULL
&& r_sym
!= invalid_index
);
1119 this->r_sym_
= r_sym
;
1120 this->u_
.relobj
= relobj
;
1127 // Return stub type.
1130 { return this->type_
; }
1132 // Return the local symbol index or invalid_index.
1135 { return this->r_sym_
; }
1137 // Return the symbol if there is one.
1140 { return this->r_sym_
== invalid_index
? this->u_
.symbol
: NULL
; }
1142 // Return the relobj if there is one.
1145 { return this->r_sym_
!= invalid_index
? this->u_
.relobj
: NULL
; }
1147 // Whether this equals to another key k.
1149 eq(const Key
& k
) const
1151 return ((this->type_
== k
.type_
)
1152 && (this->r_sym_
== k
.r_sym_
)
1153 && ((this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
1154 ? (this->u_
.relobj
== k
.u_
.relobj
)
1155 : (this->u_
.symbol
== k
.u_
.symbol
))
1156 && (this->addend_
== k
.addend_
));
1159 // Return a hash value.
1163 size_t name_hash_value
= gold::string_hash
<char>(
1164 (this->r_sym_
!= Reloc_stub::invalid_index
)
1165 ? this->u_
.relobj
->name().c_str()
1166 : this->u_
.symbol
->name());
1167 // We only have 4 stub types.
1168 size_t stub_type_hash_value
= 0x03 & this->type_
;
1169 return (name_hash_value
1170 ^ stub_type_hash_value
1171 ^ ((this->r_sym_
& 0x3fff) << 2)
1172 ^ ((this->addend_
& 0xffff) << 16));
1175 // Functors for STL associative containers.
1179 operator()(const Key
& k
) const
1180 { return k
.hash_value(); }
1186 operator()(const Key
& k1
, const Key
& k2
) const
1187 { return k1
.eq(k2
); }
1193 // If this is a local symbol, this is the index in the defining object.
1194 // Otherwise, it is invalid_index for a global symbol.
1195 unsigned int r_sym_
;
1196 // If r_sym_ is an invalid index, this points to a global symbol.
1197 // Otherwise, it points to a relobj. We used the unsized and target
1198 // independent Symbol and Relobj classes instead of Sized_symbol<32> and
1199 // Arm_relobj, in order to avoid making the stub class a template
1200 // as most of the stub machinery is endianness-neutral. However, it
1201 // may require a bit of casting done by users of this class.
1204 const Symbol
* symbol
;
1205 const Relobj
* relobj
;
1207 // Addend associated with a reloc.
1209 }; // End of inner class Reloc_stub::Key
1212 // This may be overridden in the child class.
1214 do_write(unsigned char*, section_size_type
);
1217 static const unsigned int invalid_index
= static_cast<unsigned int>(-1);
1218 }; // End of Reloc_stub
1220 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1221 const int Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
= 4;
1223 // Write data to output file.
1225 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1227 Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::
1228 do_write(unsigned char* view
, section_size_type
)
1230 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
1231 const uint32_t* insns
= this->insns();
1232 uint32_t num_insns
= this->insn_num();
1233 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
1234 for (uint32_t i
= 0; i
< num_insns
; ++i
)
1235 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ i
, insns
[i
]);
1239 // Determine the stub type for a certain relocation or ST_NONE, if no stub is
1242 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1244 Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::stub_type_for_reloc(
1245 unsigned int r_type
, AArch64_address location
, AArch64_address dest
)
1247 int64_t branch_offset
= 0;
1250 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
:
1251 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
:
1252 branch_offset
= dest
- location
;
1258 if (aarch64_valid_branch_offset_p(branch_offset
))
1261 if (aarch64_valid_for_adrp_p(location
, dest
))
1262 return ST_ADRP_BRANCH
;
1264 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
1265 && parameters
->options().output_is_executable())
1266 return ST_LONG_BRANCH_PCREL
;
1268 return ST_LONG_BRANCH_ABS
;
1271 // A class to hold stubs for the ARM target.
1273 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1274 class Stub_table
: public Output_data
1277 typedef Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
> The_target_aarch64
;
1278 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
1279 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_relobj
;
1280 typedef AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_input_section
;
1281 typedef Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_reloc_stub
;
1282 typedef typename
The_reloc_stub::Key The_reloc_stub_key
;
1283 typedef Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_erratum_stub
;
1284 typedef Erratum_stub_less
<size
, big_endian
> The_erratum_stub_less
;
1285 typedef typename
The_reloc_stub_key::hash The_reloc_stub_key_hash
;
1286 typedef typename
The_reloc_stub_key::equal_to The_reloc_stub_key_equal_to
;
1287 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
1288 typedef Unordered_map
<The_reloc_stub_key
, The_reloc_stub
*,
1289 The_reloc_stub_key_hash
, The_reloc_stub_key_equal_to
>
1291 typedef typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator Reloc_stub_map_const_iter
;
1292 typedef Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
> The_relocate_info
;
1294 typedef std::set
<The_erratum_stub
*, The_erratum_stub_less
> Erratum_stub_set
;
1295 typedef typename
Erratum_stub_set::iterator Erratum_stub_set_iter
;
1297 Stub_table(The_aarch64_input_section
* owner
)
1298 : Output_data(), owner_(owner
), reloc_stubs_size_(0),
1299 erratum_stubs_size_(0), prev_data_size_(0)
1305 The_aarch64_input_section
*
1309 // Whether this stub table is empty.
1312 { return reloc_stubs_
.empty() && erratum_stubs_
.empty(); }
1314 // Return the current data size.
1316 current_data_size() const
1317 { return this->current_data_size_for_child(); }
1319 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
1320 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
1322 add_reloc_stub(The_reloc_stub
* stub
, const The_reloc_stub_key
& key
);
1324 // Add an erratum stub into the erratum stub set. The set is ordered by
1325 // (relobj, shndx, sh_offset).
1327 add_erratum_stub(The_erratum_stub
* stub
);
1329 // Find if such erratum exists for any given (obj, shndx, sh_offset).
1331 find_erratum_stub(The_aarch64_relobj
* a64relobj
,
1332 unsigned int shndx
, unsigned int sh_offset
);
1334 // Find all the erratums for a given input section. The return value is a pair
1335 // of iterators [begin, end).
1336 std::pair
<Erratum_stub_set_iter
, Erratum_stub_set_iter
>
1337 find_erratum_stubs_for_input_section(The_aarch64_relobj
* a64relobj
,
1338 unsigned int shndx
);
1340 // Compute the erratum stub address.
1342 erratum_stub_address(The_erratum_stub
* stub
) const
1344 AArch64_address r
= align_address(this->address() + this->reloc_stubs_size_
,
1345 The_erratum_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
);
1346 r
+= stub
->offset();
1350 // Finalize stubs. No-op here, just for completeness.
1355 // Look up a relocation stub using KEY. Return NULL if there is none.
1357 find_reloc_stub(The_reloc_stub_key
& key
)
1359 Reloc_stub_map_const_iter p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.find(key
);
1360 return (p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
1363 // Relocate stubs in this stub table.
1365 relocate_stubs(const The_relocate_info
*,
1366 The_target_aarch64
*,
1372 // Update data size at the end of a relaxation pass. Return true if data size
1373 // is different from that of the previous relaxation pass.
1375 update_data_size_changed_p()
1377 // No addralign changed here.
1378 off_t s
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
,
1379 The_erratum_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
)
1380 + this->erratum_stubs_size_
;
1381 bool changed
= (s
!= this->prev_data_size_
);
1382 this->prev_data_size_
= s
;
1387 // Write out section contents.
1389 do_write(Output_file
*);
1391 // Return the required alignment.
1393 do_addralign() const
1395 return std::max(The_reloc_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
,
1396 The_erratum_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
);
1399 // Reset address and file offset.
1401 do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
1402 { this->set_current_data_size_for_child(this->prev_data_size_
); }
1404 // Set final data size.
1406 set_final_data_size()
1407 { this->set_data_size(this->current_data_size()); }
1410 // Relocate one stub.
1412 relocate_stub(The_reloc_stub
*,
1413 const The_relocate_info
*,
1414 The_target_aarch64
*,
1421 // Owner of this stub table.
1422 The_aarch64_input_section
* owner_
;
1423 // The relocation stubs.
1424 Reloc_stub_map reloc_stubs_
;
1425 // The erratum stubs.
1426 Erratum_stub_set erratum_stubs_
;
1427 // Size of reloc stubs.
1428 off_t reloc_stubs_size_
;
1429 // Size of erratum stubs.
1430 off_t erratum_stubs_size_
;
1431 // data size of this in the previous pass.
1432 off_t prev_data_size_
;
1433 }; // End of Stub_table
1436 // Add an erratum stub into the erratum stub set. The set is ordered by
1437 // (relobj, shndx, sh_offset).
1439 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1441 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::add_erratum_stub(The_erratum_stub
* stub
)
1443 std::pair
<Erratum_stub_set_iter
, bool> ret
=
1444 this->erratum_stubs_
.insert(stub
);
1445 gold_assert(ret
.second
);
1446 this->erratum_stubs_size_
= align_address(
1447 this->erratum_stubs_size_
, The_erratum_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
);
1448 stub
->set_offset(this->erratum_stubs_size_
);
1449 this->erratum_stubs_size_
+= stub
->stub_size();
1453 // Find if such erratum exists for given (obj, shndx, sh_offset).
1455 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1456 Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
>*
1457 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::find_erratum_stub(
1458 The_aarch64_relobj
* a64relobj
, unsigned int shndx
, unsigned int sh_offset
)
1460 // A dummy object used as key to search in the set.
1461 The_erratum_stub
key(a64relobj
, ST_NONE
,
1463 Erratum_stub_set_iter i
= this->erratum_stubs_
.find(&key
);
1464 if (i
!= this->erratum_stubs_
.end())
1466 The_erratum_stub
* stub(*i
);
1467 gold_assert(stub
->erratum_insn() != 0);
1474 // Find all the errata for a given input section. The return value is a pair of
1475 // iterators [begin, end).
1477 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1478 std::pair
<typename Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::Erratum_stub_set_iter
,
1479 typename Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::Erratum_stub_set_iter
>
1480 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::find_erratum_stubs_for_input_section(
1481 The_aarch64_relobj
* a64relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
1483 typedef std::pair
<Erratum_stub_set_iter
, Erratum_stub_set_iter
> Result_pair
;
1484 Erratum_stub_set_iter start
, end
;
1485 The_erratum_stub
low_key(a64relobj
, ST_NONE
, shndx
, 0);
1486 start
= this->erratum_stubs_
.lower_bound(&low_key
);
1487 if (start
== this->erratum_stubs_
.end())
1488 return Result_pair(this->erratum_stubs_
.end(),
1489 this->erratum_stubs_
.end());
1491 while (end
!= this->erratum_stubs_
.end() &&
1492 (*end
)->relobj() == a64relobj
&& (*end
)->shndx() == shndx
)
1494 return Result_pair(start
, end
);
1498 // Add a STUB using KEY. The caller is responsible for avoiding addition
1499 // if a STUB with the same key has already been added.
1501 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1503 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::add_reloc_stub(
1504 The_reloc_stub
* stub
, const The_reloc_stub_key
& key
)
1506 gold_assert(stub
->type() == key
.type());
1507 this->reloc_stubs_
[key
] = stub
;
1509 // Assign stub offset early. We can do this because we never remove
1510 // reloc stubs and they are in the beginning of the stub table.
1511 this->reloc_stubs_size_
= align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
,
1512 The_reloc_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
);
1513 stub
->set_offset(this->reloc_stubs_size_
);
1514 this->reloc_stubs_size_
+= stub
->stub_size();
1518 // Relocate all stubs in this stub table.
1520 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1522 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::
1523 relocate_stubs(const The_relocate_info
* relinfo
,
1524 The_target_aarch64
* target_aarch64
,
1525 Output_section
* output_section
,
1526 unsigned char* view
,
1527 AArch64_address address
,
1528 section_size_type view_size
)
1530 // "view_size" is the total size of the stub_table.
1531 gold_assert(address
== this->address() &&
1532 view_size
== static_cast<section_size_type
>(this->data_size()));
1533 for(Reloc_stub_map_const_iter p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
1534 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end(); ++p
)
1535 relocate_stub(p
->second
, relinfo
, target_aarch64
, output_section
,
1536 view
, address
, view_size
);
1538 // Just for convenience.
1539 const int BPI
= AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
1541 // Now 'relocate' erratum stubs.
1542 for(Erratum_stub_set_iter i
= this->erratum_stubs_
.begin();
1543 i
!= this->erratum_stubs_
.end(); ++i
)
1545 AArch64_address stub_address
= this->erratum_stub_address(*i
);
1546 // The address of "b" in the stub that is to be "relocated".
1547 AArch64_address stub_b_insn_address
;
1548 // Branch offset that is to be filled in "b" insn.
1550 switch ((*i
)->type())
1554 // The 1st insn of the erratum could be a relocation spot,
1555 // in this case we need to fix it with
1556 // "(*i)->erratum_insn()".
1557 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
1558 view
+ (stub_address
- this->address()),
1559 (*i
)->erratum_insn());
1560 // For the erratum, the 2nd insn is a b-insn to be patched
1562 stub_b_insn_address
= stub_address
+ 1 * BPI
;
1563 b_offset
= (*i
)->destination_address() - stub_b_insn_address
;
1564 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::construct_b(
1565 view
+ (stub_b_insn_address
- this->address()),
1566 ((unsigned int)(b_offset
)) & 0xfffffff);
1576 // Relocate one stub. This is a helper for Stub_table::relocate_stubs().
1578 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1580 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::
1581 relocate_stub(The_reloc_stub
* stub
,
1582 const The_relocate_info
* relinfo
,
1583 The_target_aarch64
* target_aarch64
,
1584 Output_section
* output_section
,
1585 unsigned char* view
,
1586 AArch64_address address
,
1587 section_size_type view_size
)
1589 // "offset" is the offset from the beginning of the stub_table.
1590 section_size_type offset
= stub
->offset();
1591 section_size_type stub_size
= stub
->stub_size();
1592 // "view_size" is the total size of the stub_table.
1593 gold_assert(offset
+ stub_size
<= view_size
);
1595 target_aarch64
->relocate_stub(stub
, relinfo
, output_section
,
1596 view
+ offset
, address
+ offset
, view_size
);
1600 // Write out the stubs to file.
1602 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1604 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
1606 off_t offset
= this->offset();
1607 const section_size_type oview_size
=
1608 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
1609 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
1611 // Write relocation stubs.
1612 for (typename
Reloc_stub_map::const_iterator p
= this->reloc_stubs_
.begin();
1613 p
!= this->reloc_stubs_
.end(); ++p
)
1615 The_reloc_stub
* stub
= p
->second
;
1616 AArch64_address address
= this->address() + stub
->offset();
1617 gold_assert(address
==
1618 align_address(address
, The_reloc_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
));
1619 stub
->write(oview
+ stub
->offset(), stub
->stub_size());
1622 // Write erratum stubs.
1623 unsigned int erratum_stub_start_offset
=
1624 align_address(this->reloc_stubs_size_
, The_erratum_stub::STUB_ADDR_ALIGN
);
1625 for (typename
Erratum_stub_set::iterator p
= this->erratum_stubs_
.begin();
1626 p
!= this->erratum_stubs_
.end(); ++p
)
1628 The_erratum_stub
* stub(*p
);
1629 stub
->write(oview
+ erratum_stub_start_offset
+ stub
->offset(),
1633 of
->write_output_view(this->offset(), oview_size
, oview
);
1637 // AArch64_relobj class.
1639 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1640 class AArch64_relobj
: public Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>
1643 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> This
;
1644 typedef Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
> The_target_aarch64
;
1645 typedef AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_input_section
;
1646 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
1647 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
1648 typedef Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_erratum_stub
;
1649 typedef typename
The_stub_table::Erratum_stub_set_iter Erratum_stub_set_iter
;
1650 typedef std::vector
<The_stub_table
*> Stub_table_list
;
1651 static const AArch64_address invalid_address
=
1652 static_cast<AArch64_address
>(-1);
1654 AArch64_relobj(const std::string
& name
, Input_file
* input_file
, off_t offset
,
1655 const typename
elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
1656 : Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
),
1663 // Return the stub table of the SHNDX-th section if there is one.
1665 stub_table(unsigned int shndx
) const
1667 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1668 return this->stub_tables_
[shndx
];
1671 // Set STUB_TABLE to be the stub_table of the SHNDX-th section.
1673 set_stub_table(unsigned int shndx
, The_stub_table
* stub_table
)
1675 gold_assert(shndx
< this->stub_tables_
.size());
1676 this->stub_tables_
[shndx
] = stub_table
;
1679 // Entrance to errata scanning.
1681 scan_errata(unsigned int shndx
,
1682 const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>&,
1683 Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*,
1684 The_target_aarch64
*);
1686 // Scan all relocation sections for stub generation.
1688 scan_sections_for_stubs(The_target_aarch64
*, const Symbol_table
*,
1691 // Whether a section is a scannable text section.
1693 text_section_is_scannable(const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>&, unsigned int,
1694 const Output_section
*, const Symbol_table
*);
1696 // Convert regular input section with index SHNDX to a relaxed section.
1698 convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(unsigned /* shndx */)
1700 // The stubs have relocations and we need to process them after writing
1701 // out the stubs. So relocation now must follow section write.
1702 this->set_relocs_must_follow_section_writes();
1705 // Structure for mapping symbol position.
1706 struct Mapping_symbol_position
1708 Mapping_symbol_position(unsigned int shndx
, AArch64_address offset
):
1709 shndx_(shndx
), offset_(offset
)
1712 // "<" comparator used in ordered_map container.
1714 operator<(const Mapping_symbol_position
& p
) const
1716 return (this->shndx_
< p
.shndx_
1717 || (this->shndx_
== p
.shndx_
&& this->offset_
< p
.offset_
));
1721 unsigned int shndx_
;
1724 AArch64_address offset_
;
1727 typedef std::map
<Mapping_symbol_position
, char> Mapping_symbol_info
;
1730 // Post constructor setup.
1734 // Call parent's setup method.
1735 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::do_setup();
1737 // Initialize look-up tables.
1738 this->stub_tables_
.resize(this->shnum());
1742 do_relocate_sections(
1743 const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1744 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1745 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
);
1747 // Count local symbols and (optionally) record mapping info.
1749 do_count_local_symbols(Stringpool_template
<char>*,
1750 Stringpool_template
<char>*);
1753 // Fix all errata in the object.
1755 fix_errata(typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
);
1757 // Whether a section needs to be scanned for relocation stubs.
1759 section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>&,
1760 const Relobj::Output_sections
&,
1761 const Symbol_table
*, const unsigned char*);
1763 // List of stub tables.
1764 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
1766 // Mapping symbol information sorted by (section index, section_offset).
1767 Mapping_symbol_info mapping_symbol_info_
;
1768 }; // End of AArch64_relobj
1771 // Override to record mapping symbol information.
1772 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1774 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(
1775 Stringpool_template
<char>* pool
, Stringpool_template
<char>* dynpool
)
1777 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::do_count_local_symbols(pool
, dynpool
);
1779 // Only erratum-fixing work needs mapping symbols, so skip this time consuming
1780 // processing if not fixing erratum.
1781 if (!parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_843419()
1782 && !parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_835769())
1785 const unsigned int loccount
= this->local_symbol_count();
1789 // Read the symbol table section header.
1790 const unsigned int symtab_shndx
= this->symtab_shndx();
1791 elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>
1792 symtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(symtab_shndx
));
1793 gold_assert(symtabshdr
.get_sh_type() == elfcpp::SHT_SYMTAB
);
1795 // Read the local symbols.
1796 const int sym_size
=elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::sym_size
;
1797 gold_assert(loccount
== symtabshdr
.get_sh_info());
1798 off_t locsize
= loccount
* sym_size
;
1799 const unsigned char* psyms
= this->get_view(symtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
1800 locsize
, true, true);
1802 // For mapping symbol processing, we need to read the symbol names.
1803 unsigned int strtab_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(symtabshdr
.get_sh_link());
1804 if (strtab_shndx
>= this->shnum())
1806 this->error(_("invalid symbol table name index: %u"), strtab_shndx
);
1810 elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>
1811 strtabshdr(this, this->elf_file()->section_header(strtab_shndx
));
1812 if (strtabshdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_STRTAB
)
1814 this->error(_("symbol table name section has wrong type: %u"),
1815 static_cast<unsigned int>(strtabshdr
.get_sh_type()));
1819 const char* pnames
=
1820 reinterpret_cast<const char*>(this->get_view(strtabshdr
.get_sh_offset(),
1821 strtabshdr
.get_sh_size(),
1824 // Skip the first dummy symbol.
1826 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::Local_values
*
1827 plocal_values
= this->local_values();
1828 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< loccount
; ++i
, psyms
+= sym_size
)
1830 elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
> sym(psyms
);
1831 Symbol_value
<size
>& lv((*plocal_values
)[i
]);
1832 AArch64_address input_value
= lv
.input_value();
1834 // Check to see if this is a mapping symbol. AArch64 mapping symbols are
1835 // defined in "ELF for the ARM 64-bit Architecture", Table 4-4, Mapping
1837 // Mapping symbols could be one of the following 4 forms -
1842 const char* sym_name
= pnames
+ sym
.get_st_name();
1843 if (sym_name
[0] == '$' && (sym_name
[1] == 'x' || sym_name
[1] == 'd')
1844 && (sym_name
[2] == '\0' || sym_name
[2] == '.'))
1847 unsigned int input_shndx
=
1848 this->adjust_sym_shndx(i
, sym
.get_st_shndx(), &is_ordinary
);
1849 gold_assert(is_ordinary
);
1851 Mapping_symbol_position
msp(input_shndx
, input_value
);
1852 // Insert mapping_symbol_info into map whose ordering is defined by
1853 // (shndx, offset_within_section).
1854 this->mapping_symbol_info_
[msp
] = sym_name
[1];
1860 // Fix all errata in the object.
1862 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1864 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::fix_errata(
1865 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
1867 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
1868 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
1869 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
1871 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= this->stub_table(i
);
1874 std::pair
<Erratum_stub_set_iter
, Erratum_stub_set_iter
>
1875 ipair(stub_table
->find_erratum_stubs_for_input_section(this, i
));
1876 Erratum_stub_set_iter p
= ipair
.first
, end
= ipair
.second
;
1879 The_erratum_stub
* stub
= *p
;
1880 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::View_size
&
1881 pview((*pviews
)[i
]);
1883 // Double check data before fix.
1884 gold_assert(pview
.address
+ stub
->sh_offset()
1885 == stub
->erratum_address());
1887 // Update previously recorded erratum insn with relocated
1890 reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(pview
.view
+ stub
->sh_offset());
1891 Insntype insn_to_fix
= ip
[0];
1892 stub
->update_erratum_insn(insn_to_fix
);
1894 // Replace the erratum insn with a branch-to-stub.
1895 AArch64_address stub_address
=
1896 stub_table
->erratum_stub_address(stub
);
1897 unsigned int b_offset
= stub_address
- stub
->erratum_address();
1898 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::construct_b(
1899 pview
.view
+ stub
->sh_offset(), b_offset
& 0xfffffff);
1906 // Relocate sections.
1908 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1910 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(
1911 const Symbol_table
* symtab
, const Layout
* layout
,
1912 const unsigned char* pshdrs
, Output_file
* of
,
1913 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::Views
* pviews
)
1915 // Call parent to relocate sections.
1916 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::do_relocate_sections(symtab
, layout
,
1917 pshdrs
, of
, pviews
);
1919 // We do not generate stubs if doing a relocatable link.
1920 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
1923 if (parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_843419()
1924 || parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_835769())
1925 this->fix_errata(pviews
);
1927 Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
> relinfo
;
1928 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
1929 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
1930 relinfo
.object
= this;
1932 // Relocate stub tables.
1933 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
1934 The_target_aarch64
* target
= The_target_aarch64::current_target();
1936 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
)
1938 The_aarch64_input_section
* aarch64_input_section
=
1939 target
->find_aarch64_input_section(this, i
);
1940 if (aarch64_input_section
!= NULL
1941 && aarch64_input_section
->is_stub_table_owner()
1942 && !aarch64_input_section
->stub_table()->empty())
1944 Output_section
* os
= this->output_section(i
);
1945 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
);
1947 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
;
1948 relinfo
.reloc_shdr
= NULL
;
1949 relinfo
.data_shndx
= i
;
1950 relinfo
.data_shdr
= pshdrs
+ i
* elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::shdr_size
;
1952 typename Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>::View_size
&
1953 view_struct
= (*pviews
)[i
];
1954 gold_assert(view_struct
.view
!= NULL
);
1956 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= aarch64_input_section
->stub_table();
1957 off_t offset
= stub_table
->address() - view_struct
.address
;
1958 unsigned char* view
= view_struct
.view
+ offset
;
1959 AArch64_address address
= stub_table
->address();
1960 section_size_type view_size
= stub_table
->data_size();
1961 stub_table
->relocate_stubs(&relinfo
, target
, os
, view
, address
,
1968 // Determine if an input section is scannable for stub processing. SHDR is
1969 // the header of the section and SHNDX is the section index. OS is the output
1970 // section for the input section and SYMTAB is the global symbol table used to
1971 // look up ICF information.
1973 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
1975 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::text_section_is_scannable(
1976 const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>& text_shdr
,
1977 unsigned int text_shndx
,
1978 const Output_section
* os
,
1979 const Symbol_table
* symtab
)
1981 // Skip any empty sections, unallocated sections or sections whose
1982 // type are not SHT_PROGBITS.
1983 if (text_shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
1984 || (text_shdr
.get_sh_flags() & elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
) == 0
1985 || text_shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
1988 // Skip any discarded or ICF'ed sections.
1989 if (os
== NULL
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, text_shndx
))
1992 // Skip exception frame.
1993 if (strcmp(os
->name(), ".eh_frame") == 0)
1996 gold_assert(!this->is_output_section_offset_invalid(text_shndx
) ||
1997 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, text_shndx
) != NULL
);
2003 // Determine if we want to scan the SHNDX-th section for relocation stubs.
2004 // This is a helper for AArch64_relobj::scan_sections_for_stubs().
2006 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2008 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(
2009 const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>& shdr
,
2010 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections
,
2011 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2012 const unsigned char* pshdrs
)
2014 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
2015 if (sh_type
!= elfcpp::SHT_RELA
)
2018 // Ignore empty section.
2019 off_t sh_size
= shdr
.get_sh_size();
2023 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected symbol table. The
2024 // error will be reported in the final link.
2025 if (this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_link()) != this->symtab_shndx())
2028 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
2029 unsigned int reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::rela_size
;
2031 // Ignore reloc section with unexpected entsize or uneven size.
2032 // The error will be reported in the final link.
2033 if (reloc_size
!= shdr
.get_sh_entsize() || sh_size
% reloc_size
!= 0)
2036 // Ignore reloc section with bad info. This error will be
2037 // reported in the final link.
2038 unsigned int text_shndx
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
2039 if (text_shndx
>= this->shnum())
2042 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::shdr_size
;
2043 const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
> text_shdr(pshdrs
+
2044 text_shndx
* shdr_size
);
2045 return this->text_section_is_scannable(text_shdr
, text_shndx
,
2046 out_sections
[text_shndx
], symtab
);
2050 // Scan section SHNDX for erratum 843419 and 835769.
2052 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2054 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_errata(
2055 unsigned int shndx
, const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
>& shdr
,
2056 Output_section
* os
, const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2057 The_target_aarch64
* target
)
2059 if (shdr
.get_sh_size() == 0
2060 || (shdr
.get_sh_flags() &
2061 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
)) == 0
2062 || shdr
.get_sh_type() != elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
)
2065 if (!os
|| symtab
->is_section_folded(this, shndx
)) return;
2067 AArch64_address output_offset
= this->get_output_section_offset(shndx
);
2068 AArch64_address output_address
;
2069 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
2070 output_address
= os
->address() + output_offset
;
2073 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
2074 os
->find_relaxed_input_section(this, shndx
);
2076 output_address
= poris
->address();
2079 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
2080 const unsigned char* input_view
=
2081 this->section_contents(shndx
, &input_view_size
, false);
2083 Mapping_symbol_position
section_start(shndx
, 0);
2084 // Find the first mapping symbol record within section shndx.
2085 typename
Mapping_symbol_info::const_iterator p
=
2086 this->mapping_symbol_info_
.lower_bound(section_start
);
2087 while (p
!= this->mapping_symbol_info_
.end() &&
2088 p
->first
.shndx_
== shndx
)
2090 typename
Mapping_symbol_info::const_iterator prev
= p
;
2092 if (prev
->second
== 'x')
2094 section_size_type span_start
=
2095 convert_to_section_size_type(prev
->first
.offset_
);
2096 section_size_type span_end
;
2097 if (p
!= this->mapping_symbol_info_
.end()
2098 && p
->first
.shndx_
== shndx
)
2099 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(p
->first
.offset_
);
2101 span_end
= convert_to_section_size_type(shdr
.get_sh_size());
2103 // Here we do not share the scanning code of both errata. For 843419,
2104 // only the last few insns of each page are examined, which is fast,
2105 // whereas, for 835769, every insn pair needs to be checked.
2107 if (parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_843419())
2108 target
->scan_erratum_843419_span(
2109 this, shndx
, span_start
, span_end
,
2110 const_cast<unsigned char*>(input_view
), output_address
);
2112 if (parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_835769())
2113 target
->scan_erratum_835769_span(
2114 this, shndx
, span_start
, span_end
,
2115 const_cast<unsigned char*>(input_view
), output_address
);
2121 // Scan relocations for stub generation.
2123 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2125 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_sections_for_stubs(
2126 The_target_aarch64
* target
,
2127 const Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2128 const Layout
* layout
)
2130 unsigned int shnum
= this->shnum();
2131 const unsigned int shdr_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::shdr_size
;
2133 // Read the section headers.
2134 const unsigned char* pshdrs
= this->get_view(this->elf_file()->shoff(),
2138 // To speed up processing, we set up hash tables for fast lookup of
2139 // input offsets to output addresses.
2140 this->initialize_input_to_output_maps();
2142 const Relobj::Output_sections
& out_sections(this->output_sections());
2144 Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
> relinfo
;
2145 relinfo
.symtab
= symtab
;
2146 relinfo
.layout
= layout
;
2147 relinfo
.object
= this;
2149 // Do relocation stubs scanning.
2150 const unsigned char* p
= pshdrs
+ shdr_size
;
2151 for (unsigned int i
= 1; i
< shnum
; ++i
, p
+= shdr_size
)
2153 const elfcpp::Shdr
<size
, big_endian
> shdr(p
);
2154 if (parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_843419()
2155 || parameters
->options().fix_cortex_a53_835769())
2156 scan_errata(i
, shdr
, out_sections
[i
], symtab
, target
);
2157 if (this->section_needs_reloc_stub_scanning(shdr
, out_sections
, symtab
,
2160 unsigned int index
= this->adjust_shndx(shdr
.get_sh_info());
2161 AArch64_address output_offset
=
2162 this->get_output_section_offset(index
);
2163 AArch64_address output_address
;
2164 if (output_offset
!= invalid_address
)
2166 output_address
= out_sections
[index
]->address() + output_offset
;
2170 // Currently this only happens for a relaxed section.
2171 const Output_relaxed_input_section
* poris
=
2172 out_sections
[index
]->find_relaxed_input_section(this, index
);
2173 gold_assert(poris
!= NULL
);
2174 output_address
= poris
->address();
2177 // Get the relocations.
2178 const unsigned char* prelocs
= this->get_view(shdr
.get_sh_offset(),
2182 // Get the section contents.
2183 section_size_type input_view_size
= 0;
2184 const unsigned char* input_view
=
2185 this->section_contents(index
, &input_view_size
, false);
2187 relinfo
.reloc_shndx
= i
;
2188 relinfo
.data_shndx
= index
;
2189 unsigned int sh_type
= shdr
.get_sh_type();
2190 unsigned int reloc_size
;
2191 gold_assert (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
2192 reloc_size
= elfcpp::Elf_sizes
<size
>::rela_size
;
2194 Output_section
* os
= out_sections
[index
];
2195 target
->scan_section_for_stubs(&relinfo
, sh_type
, prelocs
,
2196 shdr
.get_sh_size() / reloc_size
,
2198 output_offset
== invalid_address
,
2199 input_view
, output_address
,
2206 // A class to wrap an ordinary input section containing executable code.
2208 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2209 class AArch64_input_section
: public Output_relaxed_input_section
2212 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
2214 AArch64_input_section(Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
2215 : Output_relaxed_input_section(relobj
, shndx
, 1),
2217 original_contents_(NULL
), original_size_(0),
2218 original_addralign_(1)
2221 ~AArch64_input_section()
2222 { delete[] this->original_contents_
; }
2228 // Set the stub_table.
2230 set_stub_table(The_stub_table
* st
)
2231 { this->stub_table_
= st
; }
2233 // Whether this is a stub table owner.
2235 is_stub_table_owner() const
2236 { return this->stub_table_
!= NULL
&& this->stub_table_
->owner() == this; }
2238 // Return the original size of the section.
2240 original_size() const
2241 { return this->original_size_
; }
2243 // Return the stub table.
2246 { return stub_table_
; }
2249 // Write out this input section.
2251 do_write(Output_file
*);
2253 // Return required alignment of this.
2255 do_addralign() const
2257 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
2258 return std::max(this->stub_table_
->addralign(),
2259 static_cast<uint64_t>(this->original_addralign_
));
2261 return this->original_addralign_
;
2264 // Finalize data size.
2266 set_final_data_size();
2268 // Reset address and file offset.
2270 do_reset_address_and_file_offset();
2274 do_output_offset(const Relobj
* object
, unsigned int shndx
,
2275 section_offset_type offset
,
2276 section_offset_type
* poutput
) const
2278 if ((object
== this->relobj())
2279 && (shndx
== this->shndx())
2282 convert_types
<section_offset_type
, uint32_t>(this->original_size_
)))
2292 // Copying is not allowed.
2293 AArch64_input_section(const AArch64_input_section
&);
2294 AArch64_input_section
& operator=(const AArch64_input_section
&);
2296 // The relocation stubs.
2297 The_stub_table
* stub_table_
;
2298 // Original section contents. We have to make a copy here since the file
2299 // containing the original section may not be locked when we need to access
2301 unsigned char* original_contents_
;
2302 // Section size of the original input section.
2303 uint32_t original_size_
;
2304 // Address alignment of the original input section.
2305 uint32_t original_addralign_
;
2306 }; // End of AArch64_input_section
2309 // Finalize data size.
2311 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2313 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
2315 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
2317 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
2319 this->stub_table_
->finalize_data_size();
2320 off
= align_address(off
, this->stub_table_
->addralign());
2321 off
+= this->stub_table_
->data_size();
2323 this->set_data_size(off
);
2327 // Reset address and file offset.
2329 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2331 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>::do_reset_address_and_file_offset()
2333 // Size of the original input section contents.
2334 off_t off
= convert_types
<off_t
, uint64_t>(this->original_size_
);
2336 // If this is a stub table owner, account for the stub table size.
2337 if (this->is_stub_table_owner())
2339 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= this->stub_table_
;
2341 // Reset the stub table's address and file offset. The
2342 // current data size for child will be updated after that.
2343 stub_table_
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
2344 off
= align_address(off
, stub_table_
->addralign());
2345 off
+= stub_table
->current_data_size();
2348 this->set_current_data_size(off
);
2352 // Initialize an Arm_input_section.
2354 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2356 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>::init()
2358 Relobj
* relobj
= this->relobj();
2359 unsigned int shndx
= this->shndx();
2361 // We have to cache original size, alignment and contents to avoid locking
2362 // the original file.
2363 this->original_addralign_
=
2364 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_addralign(shndx
));
2366 // This is not efficient but we expect only a small number of relaxed
2367 // input sections for stubs.
2368 section_size_type section_size
;
2369 const unsigned char* section_contents
=
2370 relobj
->section_contents(shndx
, §ion_size
, false);
2371 this->original_size_
=
2372 convert_types
<uint32_t, uint64_t>(relobj
->section_size(shndx
));
2374 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
== NULL
);
2375 this->original_contents_
= new unsigned char[section_size
];
2376 memcpy(this->original_contents_
, section_contents
, section_size
);
2378 // We want to make this look like the original input section after
2379 // output sections are finalized.
2380 Output_section
* os
= relobj
->output_section(shndx
);
2381 off_t offset
= relobj
->output_section_offset(shndx
);
2382 gold_assert(os
!= NULL
&& !relobj
->is_output_section_offset_invalid(shndx
));
2383 this->set_address(os
->address() + offset
);
2384 this->set_file_offset(os
->offset() + offset
);
2385 this->set_current_data_size(this->original_size_
);
2386 this->finalize_data_size();
2390 // Write data to output file.
2392 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2394 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
2396 // We have to write out the original section content.
2397 gold_assert(this->original_contents_
!= NULL
);
2398 of
->write(this->offset(), this->original_contents_
,
2399 this->original_size_
);
2401 // If this owns a stub table and it is not empty, write it.
2402 if (this->is_stub_table_owner() && !this->stub_table_
->empty())
2403 this->stub_table_
->write(of
);
2407 // Arm output section class. This is defined mainly to add a number of stub
2408 // generation methods.
2410 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2411 class AArch64_output_section
: public Output_section
2414 typedef Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
> The_target_aarch64
;
2415 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_relobj
;
2416 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
2417 typedef AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_input_section
;
2420 AArch64_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2421 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2422 : Output_section(name
, type
, flags
)
2425 ~AArch64_output_section() {}
2427 // Group input sections for stub generation.
2429 group_sections(section_size_type
, bool, Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2433 typedef Output_section::Input_section Input_section
;
2434 typedef Output_section::Input_section_list Input_section_list
;
2436 // Create a stub group.
2438 create_stub_group(Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
2439 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
2440 Input_section_list::const_iterator
,
2441 The_target_aarch64
*,
2442 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>&,
2444 }; // End of AArch64_output_section
2447 // Create a stub group for input sections from FIRST to LAST. OWNER points to
2448 // the input section that will be the owner of the stub table.
2450 template<int size
, bool big_endian
> void
2451 AArch64_output_section
<size
, big_endian
>::create_stub_group(
2452 Input_section_list::const_iterator first
,
2453 Input_section_list::const_iterator last
,
2454 Input_section_list::const_iterator owner
,
2455 The_target_aarch64
* target
,
2456 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*>& new_relaxed_sections
,
2459 // Currently we convert ordinary input sections into relaxed sections only
2461 The_aarch64_input_section
* input_section
;
2462 if (owner
->is_relaxed_input_section())
2466 gold_assert(owner
->is_input_section());
2467 // Create a new relaxed input section. We need to lock the original
2469 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, owner
->relobj());
2471 target
->new_aarch64_input_section(owner
->relobj(), owner
->shndx());
2472 new_relaxed_sections
.push_back(input_section
);
2475 // Create a stub table.
2476 The_stub_table
* stub_table
=
2477 target
->new_stub_table(input_section
);
2479 input_section
->set_stub_table(stub_table
);
2481 Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= first
;
2482 // Look for input sections or relaxed input sections in [first ... last].
2485 if (p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
2487 // The stub table information for input sections live
2488 // in their objects.
2489 The_aarch64_relobj
* aarch64_relobj
=
2490 static_cast<The_aarch64_relobj
*>(p
->relobj());
2491 aarch64_relobj
->set_stub_table(p
->shndx(), stub_table
);
2494 while (p
++ != last
);
2498 // Group input sections for stub generation. GROUP_SIZE is roughly the limit of
2499 // stub groups. We grow a stub group by adding input section until the size is
2500 // just below GROUP_SIZE. The last input section will be converted into a stub
2501 // table owner. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we also add input sectiond
2502 // after the stub table, effectively doubling the group size.
2504 // This is similar to the group_sections() function in elf32-arm.c but is
2505 // implemented differently.
2507 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2508 void AArch64_output_section
<size
, big_endian
>::group_sections(
2509 section_size_type group_size
,
2510 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
2511 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
2517 FINDING_STUB_SECTION
,
2521 std::vector
<Output_relaxed_input_section
*> new_relaxed_sections
;
2523 State state
= NO_GROUP
;
2524 section_size_type off
= 0;
2525 section_size_type group_begin_offset
= 0;
2526 section_size_type group_end_offset
= 0;
2527 section_size_type stub_table_end_offset
= 0;
2528 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_begin
=
2529 this->input_sections().end();
2530 Input_section_list::const_iterator stub_table
=
2531 this->input_sections().end();
2532 Input_section_list::const_iterator group_end
= this->input_sections().end();
2533 for (Input_section_list::const_iterator p
= this->input_sections().begin();
2534 p
!= this->input_sections().end();
2537 section_size_type section_begin_offset
=
2538 align_address(off
, p
->addralign());
2539 section_size_type section_end_offset
=
2540 section_begin_offset
+ p
->data_size();
2542 // Check to see if we should group the previously seen sections.
2548 case FINDING_STUB_SECTION
:
2549 // Adding this section makes the group larger than GROUP_SIZE.
2550 if (section_end_offset
- group_begin_offset
>= group_size
)
2552 if (stubs_always_after_branch
)
2554 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
2555 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, group_end
,
2556 target
, new_relaxed_sections
,
2562 // Input sections up to stub_group_size bytes after the stub
2563 // table can be handled by it too.
2564 state
= HAS_STUB_SECTION
;
2565 stub_table
= group_end
;
2566 stub_table_end_offset
= group_end_offset
;
2571 case HAS_STUB_SECTION
:
2572 // Adding this section makes the post stub-section group larger
2575 // NOT SUPPORTED YET. For completeness only.
2576 if (section_end_offset
- stub_table_end_offset
>= group_size
)
2578 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
2579 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
, stub_table
,
2580 target
, new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
2589 // If we see an input section and currently there is no group, start
2590 // a new one. Skip any empty sections. We look at the data size
2591 // instead of calling p->relobj()->section_size() to avoid locking.
2592 if ((p
->is_input_section() || p
->is_relaxed_input_section())
2593 && (p
->data_size() != 0))
2595 if (state
== NO_GROUP
)
2597 state
= FINDING_STUB_SECTION
;
2599 group_begin_offset
= section_begin_offset
;
2602 // Keep track of the last input section seen.
2604 group_end_offset
= section_end_offset
;
2607 off
= section_end_offset
;
2610 // Create a stub group for any ungrouped sections.
2611 if (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
|| state
== HAS_STUB_SECTION
)
2613 gold_assert(group_end
!= this->input_sections().end());
2614 this->create_stub_group(group_begin
, group_end
,
2615 (state
== FINDING_STUB_SECTION
2618 target
, new_relaxed_sections
, task
);
2621 if (!new_relaxed_sections
.empty())
2622 this->convert_input_sections_to_relaxed_sections(new_relaxed_sections
);
2624 // Update the section offsets
2625 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< new_relaxed_sections
.size(); ++i
)
2627 The_aarch64_relobj
* relobj
= static_cast<The_aarch64_relobj
*>(
2628 new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->relobj());
2629 unsigned int shndx
= new_relaxed_sections
[i
]->shndx();
2630 // Tell AArch64_relobj that this input section is converted.
2631 relobj
->convert_input_section_to_relaxed_section(shndx
);
2633 } // End of AArch64_output_section::group_sections
2636 AArch64_reloc_property_table
* aarch64_reloc_property_table
= NULL
;
2639 // The aarch64 target class.
2641 // http://infocenter.arm.com/help/topic/com.arm.doc.ihi0056b/IHI0056B_aaelf64.pdf
2642 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
2643 class Target_aarch64
: public Sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>
2646 typedef Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
> This
;
2647 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>
2649 typedef Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
> The_relocate_info
;
2650 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Address
;
2651 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_relobj
;
2652 typedef Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_reloc_stub
;
2653 typedef Erratum_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_erratum_stub
;
2654 typedef typename Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
>::Key The_reloc_stub_key
;
2655 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
2656 typedef std::vector
<The_stub_table
*> Stub_table_list
;
2657 typedef typename
Stub_table_list::iterator Stub_table_iterator
;
2658 typedef AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_input_section
;
2659 typedef AArch64_output_section
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_output_section
;
2660 typedef Unordered_map
<Section_id
,
2661 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2662 Section_id_hash
> AArch64_input_section_map
;
2663 typedef AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
> Insn_utilities
;
2664 const static int TCB_SIZE
= size
/ 8 * 2;
2666 Target_aarch64(const Target::Target_info
* info
= &aarch64_info
)
2667 : Sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>(info
),
2668 got_(NULL
), plt_(NULL
), got_plt_(NULL
), got_irelative_(NULL
),
2669 got_tlsdesc_(NULL
), global_offset_table_(NULL
), rela_dyn_(NULL
),
2670 rela_irelative_(NULL
), copy_relocs_(elfcpp::R_AARCH64_COPY
),
2671 got_mod_index_offset_(-1U),
2672 tlsdesc_reloc_info_(), tls_base_symbol_defined_(false),
2673 stub_tables_(), stub_group_size_(0), aarch64_input_section_map_()
2676 // Scan the relocations to determine unreferenced sections for
2677 // garbage collection.
2679 gc_process_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2681 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2682 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2683 unsigned int sh_type
,
2684 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2686 Output_section
* output_section
,
2687 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2688 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2689 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2691 // Scan the relocations to look for symbol adjustments.
2693 scan_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2695 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2696 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2697 unsigned int sh_type
,
2698 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2700 Output_section
* output_section
,
2701 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2702 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2703 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
);
2705 // Finalize the sections.
2707 do_finalize_sections(Layout
*, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*);
2709 // Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special
2712 do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
*) const;
2714 // Relocate a section.
2716 relocate_section(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2717 unsigned int sh_type
,
2718 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2720 Output_section
* output_section
,
2721 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2722 unsigned char* view
,
2723 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2724 section_size_type view_size
,
2725 const Reloc_symbol_changes
*);
2727 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
2729 scan_relocatable_relocs(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
2731 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2732 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2733 unsigned int sh_type
,
2734 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2736 Output_section
* output_section
,
2737 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2738 size_t local_symbol_count
,
2739 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
2740 Relocatable_relocs
*);
2742 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
2745 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2746 unsigned int sh_type
,
2747 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2749 Output_section
* output_section
,
2750 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section
,
2751 const Relocatable_relocs
*,
2752 unsigned char* view
,
2753 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
2754 section_size_type view_size
,
2755 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
2756 section_size_type reloc_view_size
);
2758 // Return the symbol index to use for a target specific relocation.
2759 // The only target specific relocation is R_AARCH64_TLSDESC for a
2760 // local symbol, which is an absolute reloc.
2762 do_reloc_symbol_index(void*, unsigned int r_type
) const
2764 gold_assert(r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
);
2768 // Return the addend to use for a target specific relocation.
2770 do_reloc_addend(void* arg
, unsigned int r_type
, uint64_t addend
) const;
2772 // Return the PLT section.
2774 do_plt_address_for_global(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
2775 { return this->plt_section()->address_for_global(gsym
); }
2778 do_plt_address_for_local(const Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int symndx
) const
2779 { return this->plt_section()->address_for_local(relobj
, symndx
); }
2781 // This function should be defined in targets that can use relocation
2782 // types to determine (implemented in local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer
2783 // and global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer)
2784 // if a function's pointer is taken. ICF uses this in safe mode to only
2785 // fold those functions whose pointer is defintely not taken.
2787 do_can_check_for_function_pointers() const
2790 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
2792 plt_entry_count() const;
2794 //Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
2796 first_plt_entry_offset() const;
2798 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
2800 plt_entry_size() const;
2802 // Create a stub table.
2804 new_stub_table(The_aarch64_input_section
*);
2806 // Create an aarch64 input section.
2807 The_aarch64_input_section
*
2808 new_aarch64_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int);
2810 // Find an aarch64 input section instance for a given OBJ and SHNDX.
2811 The_aarch64_input_section
*
2812 find_aarch64_input_section(Relobj
*, unsigned int) const;
2814 // Return the thread control block size.
2816 tcb_size() const { return This::TCB_SIZE
; }
2818 // Scan a section for stub generation.
2820 scan_section_for_stubs(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*, unsigned int,
2821 const unsigned char*, size_t, Output_section
*,
2822 bool, const unsigned char*,
2826 // Scan a relocation section for stub.
2827 template<int sh_type
>
2829 scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
2830 const The_relocate_info
* relinfo
,
2831 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
2833 Output_section
* output_section
,
2834 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
2835 const unsigned char* view
,
2836 Address view_address
,
2839 // Relocate a single stub.
2841 relocate_stub(The_reloc_stub
*, const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2842 Output_section
*, unsigned char*, Address
,
2845 // Get the default AArch64 target.
2849 gold_assert(parameters
->target().machine_code() == elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
2850 && parameters
->target().get_size() == size
2851 && parameters
->target().is_big_endian() == big_endian
);
2852 return static_cast<This
*>(parameters
->sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>());
2856 // Scan erratum 843419 for a part of a section.
2858 scan_erratum_843419_span(
2859 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2861 const section_size_type
,
2862 const section_size_type
,
2866 // Scan erratum 835769 for a part of a section.
2868 scan_erratum_835769_span(
2869 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2871 const section_size_type
,
2872 const section_size_type
,
2878 do_select_as_default_target()
2880 gold_assert(aarch64_reloc_property_table
== NULL
);
2881 aarch64_reloc_property_table
= new AArch64_reloc_property_table();
2884 // Add a new reloc argument, returning the index in the vector.
2886 add_tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2889 this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_
.push_back(Tlsdesc_info(object
, r_sym
));
2890 return this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_
.size() - 1;
2893 virtual Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*
2894 do_make_data_plt(Layout
* layout
,
2895 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
,
2896 Output_data_space
* got_plt
,
2897 Output_data_space
* got_irelative
)
2899 return new Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<size
, big_endian
>(
2900 layout
, got
, got_plt
, got_irelative
);
2904 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class.
2906 do_make_elf_object(const std::string
&, Input_file
*, off_t
,
2907 const elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>&);
2909 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*
2910 make_data_plt(Layout
* layout
,
2911 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
,
2912 Output_data_space
* got_plt
,
2913 Output_data_space
* got_irelative
)
2915 return this->do_make_data_plt(layout
, got
, got_plt
, got_irelative
);
2918 // We only need to generate stubs, and hence perform relaxation if we are
2919 // not doing relocatable linking.
2921 do_may_relax() const
2922 { return !parameters
->options().relocatable(); }
2924 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
2926 do_relax(int, const Input_objects
*, Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, const Task
*);
2929 group_sections(Layout
* layout
,
2930 section_size_type group_size
,
2931 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
2935 scan_reloc_for_stub(const The_relocate_info
*, unsigned int,
2936 const Sized_symbol
<size
>*, unsigned int,
2937 const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
2938 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword
,
2941 // Make an output section.
2943 do_make_output_section(const char* name
, elfcpp::Elf_Word type
,
2944 elfcpp::Elf_Xword flags
)
2945 { return new The_aarch64_output_section(name
, type
, flags
); }
2948 // The class which scans relocations.
2953 : issued_non_pic_error_(false)
2957 local(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_aarch64
* target
,
2958 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2959 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2960 Output_section
* output_section
,
2961 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2962 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
2966 global(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Target_aarch64
* target
,
2967 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
2968 unsigned int data_shndx
,
2969 Output_section
* output_section
,
2970 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& reloc
, unsigned int r_type
,
2974 local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* ,
2975 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
2976 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
2979 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& ,
2980 unsigned int r_type
,
2981 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>&);
2984 global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(Symbol_table
* , Layout
* ,
2985 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
2986 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
2989 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& ,
2990 unsigned int r_type
,
2995 unsupported_reloc_local(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
2996 unsigned int r_type
);
2999 unsupported_reloc_global(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3000 unsigned int r_type
, Symbol
*);
3003 possible_function_pointer_reloc(unsigned int r_type
);
3006 check_non_pic(Relobj
*, unsigned int r_type
);
3009 reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3010 unsigned int r_type
);
3012 // Whether we have issued an error about a non-PIC compilation.
3013 bool issued_non_pic_error_
;
3016 // The class which implements relocation.
3021 : skip_call_tls_get_addr_(false)
3027 // Do a relocation. Return false if the caller should not issue
3028 // any warnings about this relocation.
3030 relocate(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*, Target_aarch64
*,
3032 size_t relnum
, const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3033 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<size
>*,
3034 const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
3035 unsigned char*, typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr
,
3039 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3040 relocate_tls(const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3041 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3043 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3044 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<size
>*,
3045 const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
3047 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr
);
3049 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3051 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3052 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3053 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3056 const Symbol_value
<size
>*);
3058 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3060 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3061 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3062 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3065 const Symbol_value
<size
>*);
3067 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3069 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3070 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3071 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3074 const Symbol_value
<size
>*);
3076 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3078 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3079 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3080 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3083 const Symbol_value
<size
>*);
3085 inline typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
3087 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3088 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*,
3089 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>&,
3092 const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
3093 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr
,
3094 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr
);
3096 bool skip_call_tls_get_addr_
;
3098 }; // End of class Relocate
3100 // A class which returns the size required for a relocation type,
3101 // used while scanning relocs during a relocatable link.
3102 class Relocatable_size_for_reloc
3106 get_size_for_reloc(unsigned int, Relobj
*);
3109 // Adjust TLS relocation type based on the options and whether this
3110 // is a local symbol.
3111 static tls::Tls_optimization
3112 optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
, int r_type
);
3114 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3115 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*
3116 got_section(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
3118 // Get the GOT PLT section.
3120 got_plt_section() const
3122 gold_assert(this->got_plt_
!= NULL
);
3123 return this->got_plt_
;
3126 // Get the GOT section for TLSDESC entries.
3127 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>*
3128 got_tlsdesc_section() const
3130 gold_assert(this->got_tlsdesc_
!= NULL
);
3131 return this->got_tlsdesc_
;
3134 // Create the PLT section.
3136 make_plt_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
);
3138 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
3140 make_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
*);
3142 // Create a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
3144 make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*,
3145 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
3146 unsigned int local_sym_index
);
3148 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
3150 define_tls_base_symbol(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
3152 // Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver.
3154 reserve_tlsdesc_entries(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
);
3156 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
3158 got_mod_index_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
3159 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
);
3161 // Get the PLT section.
3162 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*
3165 gold_assert(this->plt_
!= NULL
);
3169 // Helper method to create erratum stubs for ST_E_843419 and ST_E_835769.
3170 void create_erratum_stub(
3171 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
3173 section_size_type erratum_insn_offset
,
3174 Address erratum_address
,
3175 typename
Insn_utilities::Insntype erratum_insn
,
3178 // Return whether this is a 3-insn erratum sequence.
3179 bool is_erratum_843419_sequence(
3180 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn1
,
3181 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn2
,
3182 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn3
);
3184 // Return whether this is a 835769 sequence.
3185 // (Similarly implemented as in elfnn-aarch64.c.)
3186 bool is_erratum_835769_sequence(
3187 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype
,
3188 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype
);
3190 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3192 rela_dyn_section(Layout
*);
3194 // Get the section to use for TLSDESC relocations.
3196 rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout
*) const;
3198 // Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocations.
3200 rela_irelative_section(Layout
*);
3202 // Add a potential copy relocation.
3204 copy_reloc(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
3205 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
3206 unsigned int shndx
, Output_section
* output_section
,
3207 Symbol
* sym
, const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& reloc
)
3209 this->copy_relocs_
.copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
,
3210 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(sym
),
3211 object
, shndx
, output_section
,
3212 reloc
, this->rela_dyn_section(layout
));
3215 // Information about this specific target which we pass to the
3216 // general Target structure.
3217 static const Target::Target_info aarch64_info
;
3219 // The types of GOT entries needed for this platform.
3220 // These values are exposed to the ABI in an incremental link.
3221 // Do not renumber existing values without changing the version
3222 // number of the .gnu_incremental_inputs section.
3225 GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
= 0, // GOT entry for a regular symbol
3226 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
= 1, // GOT entry for TLS offset
3227 GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
= 2, // GOT entry for TLS module/offset pair
3228 GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
= 3 // GOT entry for TLS_DESC pair
3231 // This type is used as the argument to the target specific
3232 // relocation routines. The only target specific reloc is
3233 // R_AARCh64_TLSDESC against a local symbol.
3236 Tlsdesc_info(Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* a_object
,
3237 unsigned int a_r_sym
)
3238 : object(a_object
), r_sym(a_r_sym
)
3241 // The object in which the local symbol is defined.
3242 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
;
3243 // The local symbol index in the object.
3248 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got_
;
3250 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* plt_
;
3251 // The GOT PLT section.
3252 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
3253 // The GOT section for IRELATIVE relocations.
3254 Output_data_space
* got_irelative_
;
3255 // The GOT section for TLSDESC relocations.
3256 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got_tlsdesc_
;
3257 // The _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol.
3258 Symbol
* global_offset_table_
;
3259 // The dynamic reloc section.
3260 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn_
;
3261 // The section to use for IRELATIVE relocs.
3262 Reloc_section
* rela_irelative_
;
3263 // Relocs saved to avoid a COPY reloc.
3264 Copy_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, size
, big_endian
> copy_relocs_
;
3265 // Offset of the GOT entry for the TLS module index.
3266 unsigned int got_mod_index_offset_
;
3267 // We handle R_AARCH64_TLSDESC against a local symbol as a target
3268 // specific relocation. Here we store the object and local symbol
3269 // index for the relocation.
3270 std::vector
<Tlsdesc_info
> tlsdesc_reloc_info_
;
3271 // True if the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol has been defined.
3272 bool tls_base_symbol_defined_
;
3273 // List of stub_tables
3274 Stub_table_list stub_tables_
;
3275 // Actual stub group size
3276 section_size_type stub_group_size_
;
3277 AArch64_input_section_map aarch64_input_section_map_
;
3278 }; // End of Target_aarch64
3282 const Target::Target_info Target_aarch64
<64, false>::aarch64_info
=
3285 false, // is_big_endian
3286 elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, // machine_code
3287 false, // has_make_symbol
3288 false, // has_resolve
3289 false, // has_code_fill
3290 true, // is_default_stack_executable
3291 true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
3293 "/lib/ld.so.1", // program interpreter
3294 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
3295 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
3296 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
3297 false, // isolate_execinstr
3299 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
3300 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
3301 0, // small_common_section_flags
3302 0, // large_common_section_flags
3303 NULL
, // attributes_section
3304 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
3305 "_start" // entry_symbol_name
3309 const Target::Target_info Target_aarch64
<32, false>::aarch64_info
=
3312 false, // is_big_endian
3313 elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, // machine_code
3314 false, // has_make_symbol
3315 false, // has_resolve
3316 false, // has_code_fill
3317 true, // is_default_stack_executable
3318 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
3320 "/lib/ld.so.1", // program interpreter
3321 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
3322 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
3323 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
3324 false, // isolate_execinstr
3326 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
3327 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
3328 0, // small_common_section_flags
3329 0, // large_common_section_flags
3330 NULL
, // attributes_section
3331 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
3332 "_start" // entry_symbol_name
3336 const Target::Target_info Target_aarch64
<64, true>::aarch64_info
=
3339 true, // is_big_endian
3340 elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, // machine_code
3341 false, // has_make_symbol
3342 false, // has_resolve
3343 false, // has_code_fill
3344 true, // is_default_stack_executable
3345 true, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
3347 "/lib/ld.so.1", // program interpreter
3348 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
3349 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
3350 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
3351 false, // isolate_execinstr
3353 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
3354 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
3355 0, // small_common_section_flags
3356 0, // large_common_section_flags
3357 NULL
, // attributes_section
3358 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
3359 "_start" // entry_symbol_name
3363 const Target::Target_info Target_aarch64
<32, true>::aarch64_info
=
3366 true, // is_big_endian
3367 elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, // machine_code
3368 false, // has_make_symbol
3369 false, // has_resolve
3370 false, // has_code_fill
3371 true, // is_default_stack_executable
3372 false, // can_icf_inline_merge_sections
3374 "/lib/ld.so.1", // program interpreter
3375 0x400000, // default_text_segment_address
3376 0x1000, // abi_pagesize (overridable by -z max-page-size)
3377 0x1000, // common_pagesize (overridable by -z common-page-size)
3378 false, // isolate_execinstr
3380 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // small_common_shndx
3381 elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
, // large_common_shndx
3382 0, // small_common_section_flags
3383 0, // large_common_section_flags
3384 NULL
, // attributes_section
3385 NULL
, // attributes_vendor
3386 "_start" // entry_symbol_name
3389 // Get the GOT section, creating it if necessary.
3391 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3392 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>*
3393 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::got_section(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
3396 if (this->got_
== NULL
)
3398 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
);
3400 // When using -z now, we can treat .got.plt as a relro section.
3401 // Without -z now, it is modified after program startup by lazy
3403 bool is_got_plt_relro
= parameters
->options().now();
3404 Output_section_order got_order
= (is_got_plt_relro
3406 : ORDER_RELRO_LAST
);
3407 Output_section_order got_plt_order
= (is_got_plt_relro
3409 : ORDER_NON_RELRO_FIRST
);
3411 // Layout of .got and .got.plt sections.
3412 // .got[0] &_DYNAMIC <-_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_
3414 // .gotplt[0] reserved for ld.so (&linkmap) <--DT_PLTGOT
3415 // .gotplt[1] reserved for ld.so (resolver)
3416 // .gotplt[2] reserved
3418 // Generate .got section.
3419 this->got_
= new Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>(symtab
,
3421 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3422 (elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
| elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3423 this->got_
, got_order
, true);
3424 // The first word of GOT is reserved for the address of .dynamic.
3425 // We put 0 here now. The value will be replaced later in
3426 // Output_data_got_aarch64::do_write.
3427 this->got_
->add_constant(0);
3429 // Define _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ at the start of the PLT.
3430 // _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ value points to the start of the .got section,
3431 // even if there is a .got.plt section.
3432 this->global_offset_table_
=
3433 symtab
->define_in_output_data("_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", NULL
,
3434 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
3436 0, 0, elfcpp::STT_OBJECT
,
3438 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
3441 // Generate .got.plt section.
3442 this->got_plt_
= new Output_data_space(size
/ 8, "** GOT PLT");
3443 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3445 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3446 this->got_plt_
, got_plt_order
,
3449 // The first three entries are reserved.
3450 this->got_plt_
->set_current_data_size(
3451 AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
* (size
/ 8));
3453 // If there are any IRELATIVE relocations, they get GOT entries
3454 // in .got.plt after the jump slot entries.
3455 this->got_irelative_
= new Output_data_space(size
/ 8,
3456 "** GOT IRELATIVE PLT");
3457 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3459 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3460 this->got_irelative_
,
3464 // If there are any TLSDESC relocations, they get GOT entries in
3465 // .got.plt after the jump slot and IRELATIVE entries.
3466 this->got_tlsdesc_
= new Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>();
3467 layout
->add_output_section_data(".got.plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
3469 | elfcpp::SHF_WRITE
),
3474 if (!is_got_plt_relro
)
3476 // Those bytes can go into the relro segment.
3477 layout
->increase_relro(
3478 AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
* (size
/ 8));
3485 // Get the dynamic reloc section, creating it if necessary.
3487 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3488 typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
3489 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::rela_dyn_section(Layout
* layout
)
3491 if (this->rela_dyn_
== NULL
)
3493 gold_assert(layout
!= NULL
);
3494 this->rela_dyn_
= new Reloc_section(parameters
->options().combreloc());
3495 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
3496 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rela_dyn_
,
3497 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
3499 return this->rela_dyn_
;
3502 // Get the section to use for IRELATIVE relocs, creating it if
3503 // necessary. These go in .rela.dyn, but only after all other dynamic
3504 // relocations. They need to follow the other dynamic relocations so
3505 // that they can refer to global variables initialized by those
3508 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3509 typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
3510 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::rela_irelative_section(Layout
* layout
)
3512 if (this->rela_irelative_
== NULL
)
3514 // Make sure we have already created the dynamic reloc section.
3515 this->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
3516 this->rela_irelative_
= new Reloc_section(false);
3517 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rela.dyn", elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
3518 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rela_irelative_
,
3519 ORDER_DYNAMIC_RELOCS
, false);
3520 gold_assert(this->rela_dyn_
->output_section()
3521 == this->rela_irelative_
->output_section());
3523 return this->rela_irelative_
;
3527 // do_make_elf_object to override the same function in the base class. We need
3528 // to use a target-specific sub-class of Sized_relobj_file<size, big_endian> to
3529 // store backend specific information. Hence we need to have our own ELF object
3532 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3534 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
3535 const std::string
& name
,
3536 Input_file
* input_file
,
3537 off_t offset
, const elfcpp::Ehdr
<size
, big_endian
>& ehdr
)
3539 int et
= ehdr
.get_e_type();
3540 // ET_EXEC files are valid input for --just-symbols/-R,
3541 // and we treat them as relocatable objects.
3542 if (et
== elfcpp::ET_EXEC
&& input_file
->just_symbols())
3543 return Sized_target
<size
, big_endian
>::do_make_elf_object(
3544 name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
3545 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_REL
)
3547 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* obj
=
3548 new AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
3552 else if (et
== elfcpp::ET_DYN
)
3554 // Keep base implementation.
3555 Sized_dynobj
<size
, big_endian
>* obj
=
3556 new Sized_dynobj
<size
, big_endian
>(name
, input_file
, offset
, ehdr
);
3562 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported ELF file type %d"),
3569 // Scan a relocation for stub generation.
3571 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3573 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_reloc_for_stub(
3574 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3575 unsigned int r_type
,
3576 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
3578 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
3579 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword addend
,
3582 const AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* aarch64_relobj
=
3583 static_cast<AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(relinfo
->object
);
3585 Symbol_value
<size
> symval
;
3588 const AArch64_reloc_property
* arp
= aarch64_reloc_property_table
->
3589 get_reloc_property(r_type
);
3590 if (gsym
->use_plt_offset(arp
->reference_flags()))
3592 // This uses a PLT, change the symbol value.
3593 symval
.set_output_value(this->plt_section()->address()
3594 + gsym
->plt_offset());
3597 else if (gsym
->is_undefined())
3598 // There is no need to generate a stub symbol is undefined.
3602 // Get the symbol value.
3603 typename Symbol_value
<size
>::Value value
= psymval
->value(aarch64_relobj
, 0);
3605 // Owing to pipelining, the PC relative branches below actually skip
3606 // two instructions when the branch offset is 0.
3607 Address destination
= static_cast<Address
>(-1);
3610 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
:
3611 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
:
3612 destination
= value
+ addend
;
3618 int stub_type
= The_reloc_stub::
3619 stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, destination
);
3620 if (stub_type
== ST_NONE
)
3623 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= aarch64_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3624 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
3626 The_reloc_stub_key
key(stub_type
, gsym
, aarch64_relobj
, r_sym
, addend
);
3627 The_reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(key
);
3630 stub
= new The_reloc_stub(stub_type
);
3631 stub_table
->add_reloc_stub(stub
, key
);
3633 stub
->set_destination_address(destination
);
3634 } // End of Target_aarch64::scan_reloc_for_stub
3637 // This function scans a relocation section for stub generation.
3638 // The template parameter Relocate must be a class type which provides
3639 // a single function, relocate(), which implements the machine
3640 // specific part of a relocation.
3642 // BIG_ENDIAN is the endianness of the data. SH_TYPE is the section type:
3643 // SHT_REL or SHT_RELA.
3645 // PRELOCS points to the relocation data. RELOC_COUNT is the number
3646 // of relocs. OUTPUT_SECTION is the output section.
3647 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true if input offsets need to be
3648 // mapped to output offsets.
3650 // VIEW is the section data, VIEW_ADDRESS is its memory address, and
3651 // VIEW_SIZE is the size. These refer to the input section, unless
3652 // NEEDS_SPECIAL_OFFSET_HANDLING is true, in which case they refer to
3653 // the output section.
3655 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3656 template<int sh_type
>
3658 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs(
3659 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3660 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3662 Output_section
* /*output_section*/,
3663 bool /*needs_special_offset_handling*/,
3664 const unsigned char* /*view*/,
3665 Address view_address
,
3668 typedef typename Reloc_types
<sh_type
,size
,big_endian
>::Reloc Reltype
;
3670 const int reloc_size
=
3671 Reloc_types
<sh_type
,size
,big_endian
>::reloc_size
;
3672 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* object
=
3673 static_cast<AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>*>(relinfo
->object
);
3674 unsigned int local_count
= object
->local_symbol_count();
3676 gold::Default_comdat_behavior default_comdat_behavior
;
3677 Comdat_behavior comdat_behavior
= CB_UNDETERMINED
;
3679 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< reloc_count
; ++i
, prelocs
+= reloc_size
)
3681 Reltype
reloc(prelocs
);
3682 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_WXword r_info
= reloc
.get_r_info();
3683 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(r_info
);
3684 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::elf_r_type
<size
>(r_info
);
3685 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
3686 && r_type
!= elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
)
3689 section_offset_type offset
=
3690 convert_to_section_size_type(reloc
.get_r_offset());
3693 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword addend
=
3694 reloc
.get_r_addend();
3696 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* sym
;
3697 Symbol_value
<size
> symval
;
3698 const Symbol_value
<size
> *psymval
;
3699 bool is_defined_in_discarded_section
;
3701 if (r_sym
< local_count
)
3704 psymval
= object
->local_symbol(r_sym
);
3706 // If the local symbol belongs to a section we are discarding,
3707 // and that section is a debug section, try to find the
3708 // corresponding kept section and map this symbol to its
3709 // counterpart in the kept section. The symbol must not
3710 // correspond to a section we are folding.
3712 shndx
= psymval
->input_shndx(&is_ordinary
);
3713 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
3715 && shndx
!= elfcpp::SHN_UNDEF
3716 && !object
->is_section_included(shndx
)
3717 && !relinfo
->symtab
->is_section_folded(object
, shndx
));
3719 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this local
3721 if (!is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
3723 typedef Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
> ObjType
;
3724 typename
ObjType::Compute_final_local_value_status status
=
3725 object
->compute_final_local_value(r_sym
, psymval
, &symval
,
3727 if (status
== ObjType::CFLV_OK
)
3729 // Currently we cannot handle a branch to a target in
3730 // a merged section. If this is the case, issue an error
3731 // and also free the merge symbol value.
3732 if (!symval
.has_output_value())
3734 const std::string
& section_name
=
3735 object
->section_name(shndx
);
3736 object
->error(_("cannot handle branch to local %u "
3737 "in a merged section %s"),
3738 r_sym
, section_name
.c_str());
3744 // We cannot determine the final value.
3752 gsym
= object
->global_symbol(r_sym
);
3753 gold_assert(gsym
!= NULL
);
3754 if (gsym
->is_forwarder())
3755 gsym
= relinfo
->symtab
->resolve_forwards(gsym
);
3757 sym
= static_cast<const Sized_symbol
<size
>*>(gsym
);
3758 if (sym
->has_symtab_index() && sym
->symtab_index() != -1U)
3759 symval
.set_output_symtab_index(sym
->symtab_index());
3761 symval
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
3763 // We need to compute the would-be final value of this global
3765 const Symbol_table
* symtab
= relinfo
->symtab
;
3766 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* sized_symbol
=
3767 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(gsym
);
3768 Symbol_table::Compute_final_value_status status
;
3769 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr value
=
3770 symtab
->compute_final_value
<size
>(sized_symbol
, &status
);
3772 // Skip this if the symbol has not output section.
3773 if (status
== Symbol_table::CFVS_NO_OUTPUT_SECTION
)
3775 symval
.set_output_value(value
);
3777 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_TLS
)
3778 symval
.set_is_tls_symbol();
3779 else if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
3780 symval
.set_is_ifunc_symbol();
3783 is_defined_in_discarded_section
=
3784 (gsym
->is_defined_in_discarded_section()
3785 && gsym
->is_undefined());
3789 Symbol_value
<size
> symval2
;
3790 if (is_defined_in_discarded_section
)
3792 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_UNDETERMINED
)
3794 std::string name
= object
->section_name(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
3795 comdat_behavior
= default_comdat_behavior
.get(name
.c_str());
3797 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_PRETEND
)
3800 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr value
=
3801 object
->map_to_kept_section(shndx
, &found
);
3803 symval2
.set_output_value(value
+ psymval
->input_value());
3805 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
3809 if (comdat_behavior
== CB_WARNING
)
3810 gold_warning_at_location(relinfo
, i
, offset
,
3811 _("relocation refers to discarded "
3813 symval2
.set_output_value(0);
3815 symval2
.set_no_output_symtab_entry();
3819 // If symbol is a section symbol, we don't know the actual type of
3820 // destination. Give up.
3821 if (psymval
->is_section_symbol())
3824 this->scan_reloc_for_stub(relinfo
, r_type
, sym
, r_sym
, psymval
,
3825 addend
, view_address
+ offset
);
3826 } // End of iterating relocs in a section
3827 } // End of Target_aarch64::scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
3830 // Scan an input section for stub generation.
3832 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3834 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_section_for_stubs(
3835 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
3836 unsigned int sh_type
,
3837 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
3839 Output_section
* output_section
,
3840 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
3841 const unsigned char* view
,
3842 Address view_address
,
3843 section_size_type view_size
)
3845 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
3846 this->scan_reloc_section_for_stubs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
3851 needs_special_offset_handling
,
3858 // Relocate a single stub.
3860 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3861 void Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
3862 relocate_stub(The_reloc_stub
* stub
,
3863 const The_relocate_info
*,
3865 unsigned char* view
,
3869 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> The_reloc_functions
;
3870 typedef typename
The_reloc_functions::Status The_reloc_functions_status
;
3871 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
3873 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
3874 int insn_number
= stub
->insn_num();
3875 const uint32_t* insns
= stub
->insns();
3876 // Check the insns are really those stub insns.
3877 for (int i
= 0; i
< insn_number
; ++i
)
3879 Insntype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::readval(ip
+ i
);
3880 gold_assert(((uint32_t)insn
== insns
[i
]));
3883 Address dest
= stub
->destination_address();
3885 switch(stub
->type())
3887 case ST_ADRP_BRANCH
:
3889 // 1st reloc is ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
3890 The_reloc_functions_status status
=
3891 The_reloc_functions::adrp(view
, dest
, address
);
3892 // An error should never arise in the above step. If so, please
3893 // check 'aarch64_valid_for_adrp_p'.
3894 gold_assert(status
== The_reloc_functions::STATUS_OKAY
);
3896 // 2nd reloc is ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
3897 const AArch64_reloc_property
* arp
=
3898 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
3899 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
);
3900 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
3901 status
= The_reloc_functions::template
3902 rela_general
<32>(view
+ 4, dest
, 0, arp
);
3903 // An error should never arise, it is an "_NC" relocation.
3904 gold_assert(status
== The_reloc_functions::STATUS_OKAY
);
3908 case ST_LONG_BRANCH_ABS
:
3909 // 1st reloc is R_AARCH64_PREL64, at offset 8
3910 elfcpp::Swap
<64,big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 8, dest
);
3913 case ST_LONG_BRANCH_PCREL
:
3915 // "PC" calculation is the 2nd insn in the stub.
3916 uint64_t offset
= dest
- (address
+ 4);
3917 // Offset is placed at offset 4 and 5.
3918 elfcpp::Swap
<64,big_endian
>::writeval(view
+ 16, offset
);
3928 // A class to handle the PLT data.
3929 // This is an abstract base class that handles most of the linker details
3930 // but does not know the actual contents of PLT entries. The derived
3931 // classes below fill in those details.
3933 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
3934 class Output_data_plt_aarch64
: public Output_section_data
3937 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>
3939 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Address
;
3941 Output_data_plt_aarch64(Layout
* layout
,
3943 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
,
3944 Output_data_space
* got_plt
,
3945 Output_data_space
* got_irelative
)
3946 : Output_section_data(addralign
), tlsdesc_rel_(NULL
), irelative_rel_(NULL
),
3947 got_(got
), got_plt_(got_plt
), got_irelative_(got_irelative
),
3948 count_(0), irelative_count_(0), tlsdesc_got_offset_(-1U)
3949 { this->init(layout
); }
3951 // Initialize the PLT section.
3953 init(Layout
* layout
);
3955 // Add an entry to the PLT.
3957 add_entry(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
* gsym
);
3959 // Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
3961 add_local_ifunc_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
*,
3962 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
3963 unsigned int local_sym_index
);
3965 // Add the relocation for a PLT entry.
3967 add_relocation(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*, Symbol
* gsym
,
3968 unsigned int got_offset
);
3970 // Add the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry to the PLT.
3972 reserve_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned int got_offset
)
3973 { this->tlsdesc_got_offset_
= got_offset
; }
3975 // Return true if a TLSDESC_PLT entry has been reserved.
3977 has_tlsdesc_entry() const
3978 { return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_
!= -1U; }
3980 // Return the GOT offset for the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry.
3982 get_tlsdesc_got_offset() const
3983 { return this->tlsdesc_got_offset_
; }
3985 // Return the PLT offset of the reserved TLSDESC_PLT entry.
3987 get_tlsdesc_plt_offset() const
3989 return (this->first_plt_entry_offset() +
3990 (this->count_
+ this->irelative_count_
)
3991 * this->get_plt_entry_size());
3994 // Return the .rela.plt section data.
3997 { return this->rel_
; }
3999 // Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go.
4001 rela_tlsdesc(Layout
*);
4003 // Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT
4006 rela_irelative(Symbol_table
*, Layout
*);
4008 // Return whether we created a section for IRELATIVE relocations.
4010 has_irelative_section() const
4011 { return this->irelative_rel_
!= NULL
; }
4013 // Return the number of PLT entries.
4016 { return this->count_
+ this->irelative_count_
; }
4018 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
4020 first_plt_entry_offset() const
4021 { return this->do_first_plt_entry_offset(); }
4023 // Return the size of a PLT entry.
4025 get_plt_entry_size() const
4026 { return this->do_get_plt_entry_size(); }
4028 // Return the reserved tlsdesc entry size.
4030 get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size() const
4031 { return this->do_get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size(); }
4033 // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
4035 address_for_global(const Symbol
*);
4037 // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol.
4039 address_for_local(const Relobj
*, unsigned int symndx
);
4042 // Fill in the first PLT entry.
4044 fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4045 Address got_address
,
4046 Address plt_address
)
4047 { this->do_fill_first_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
); }
4049 // Fill in a normal PLT entry.
4051 fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4052 Address got_address
,
4053 Address plt_address
,
4054 unsigned int got_offset
,
4055 unsigned int plt_offset
)
4057 this->do_fill_plt_entry(pov
, got_address
, plt_address
,
4058 got_offset
, plt_offset
);
4061 // Fill in the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
4063 fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4064 Address gotplt_address
,
4065 Address plt_address
,
4067 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset
,
4068 unsigned int plt_offset
)
4070 this->do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov
, gotplt_address
, plt_address
, got_base
,
4071 tlsdesc_got_offset
, plt_offset
);
4074 virtual unsigned int
4075 do_first_plt_entry_offset() const = 0;
4077 virtual unsigned int
4078 do_get_plt_entry_size() const = 0;
4080 virtual unsigned int
4081 do_get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size() const = 0;
4084 do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4086 Address plt_addr
) = 0;
4089 do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4090 Address got_address
,
4091 Address plt_address
,
4092 unsigned int got_offset
,
4093 unsigned int plt_offset
) = 0;
4096 do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4097 Address gotplt_address
,
4098 Address plt_address
,
4100 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset
,
4101 unsigned int plt_offset
) = 0;
4104 do_adjust_output_section(Output_section
* os
);
4106 // Write to a map file.
4108 do_print_to_mapfile(Mapfile
* mapfile
) const
4109 { mapfile
->print_output_data(this, _("** PLT")); }
4112 // Set the final size.
4114 set_final_data_size();
4116 // Write out the PLT data.
4118 do_write(Output_file
*);
4120 // The reloc section.
4121 Reloc_section
* rel_
;
4123 // The TLSDESC relocs, if necessary. These must follow the regular
4125 Reloc_section
* tlsdesc_rel_
;
4127 // The IRELATIVE relocs, if necessary. These must follow the
4128 // regular PLT relocations.
4129 Reloc_section
* irelative_rel_
;
4131 // The .got section.
4132 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got_
;
4134 // The .got.plt section.
4135 Output_data_space
* got_plt_
;
4137 // The part of the .got.plt section used for IRELATIVE relocs.
4138 Output_data_space
* got_irelative_
;
4140 // The number of PLT entries.
4141 unsigned int count_
;
4143 // Number of PLT entries with R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE relocs. These
4144 // follow the regular PLT entries.
4145 unsigned int irelative_count_
;
4147 // GOT offset of the reserved TLSDESC_GOT entry for the lazy trampoline.
4148 // Communicated to the loader via DT_TLSDESC_GOT. The magic value -1
4149 // indicates an offset is not allocated.
4150 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset_
;
4153 // Initialize the PLT section.
4155 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4157 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::init(Layout
* layout
)
4159 this->rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
4160 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
4161 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->rel_
,
4162 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
4165 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4167 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_adjust_output_section(
4170 os
->set_entsize(this->get_plt_entry_size());
4173 // Add an entry to the PLT.
4175 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4177 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::add_entry(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
4178 Layout
* layout
, Symbol
* gsym
)
4180 gold_assert(!gsym
->has_plt_offset());
4182 unsigned int* pcount
;
4183 unsigned int plt_reserved
;
4184 Output_section_data_build
* got
;
4186 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
4187 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
4189 pcount
= &this->irelative_count_
;
4191 got
= this->got_irelative_
;
4195 pcount
= &this->count_
;
4196 plt_reserved
= this->first_plt_entry_offset();
4197 got
= this->got_plt_
;
4200 gsym
->set_plt_offset((*pcount
) * this->get_plt_entry_size()
4205 section_offset_type got_offset
= got
->current_data_size();
4207 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
4208 // entry (this will be changed by the dynamic linker, normally
4209 // lazily when the function is called).
4210 got
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ size
/ 8);
4212 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
4213 this->add_relocation(symtab
, layout
, gsym
, got_offset
);
4215 // Note that we don't need to save the symbol. The contents of the
4216 // PLT are independent of which symbols are used. The symbols only
4217 // appear in the relocations.
4220 // Add an entry to the PLT for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol. Return
4223 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4225 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::add_local_ifunc_entry(
4226 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
4228 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
4229 unsigned int local_sym_index
)
4231 unsigned int plt_offset
= this->irelative_count_
* this->get_plt_entry_size();
4232 ++this->irelative_count_
;
4234 section_offset_type got_offset
= this->got_irelative_
->current_data_size();
4236 // Every PLT entry needs a GOT entry which points back to the PLT
4238 this->got_irelative_
->set_current_data_size(got_offset
+ size
/ 8);
4240 // Every PLT entry needs a reloc.
4241 Reloc_section
* rela
= this->rela_irelative(symtab
, layout
);
4242 rela
->add_symbolless_local_addend(relobj
, local_sym_index
,
4243 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE
,
4244 this->got_irelative_
, got_offset
, 0);
4249 // Add the relocation for a PLT entry.
4251 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4253 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::add_relocation(
4254 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
, Symbol
* gsym
, unsigned int got_offset
)
4256 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
4257 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
4259 Reloc_section
* rela
= this->rela_irelative(symtab
, layout
);
4260 rela
->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym
, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE
,
4261 this->got_irelative_
, got_offset
, 0);
4265 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_entry();
4266 this->rel_
->add_global(gsym
, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT
, this->got_plt_
,
4271 // Return where the TLSDESC relocations should go, creating it if
4272 // necessary. These follow the JUMP_SLOT relocations.
4274 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4275 typename Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4276 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::rela_tlsdesc(Layout
* layout
)
4278 if (this->tlsdesc_rel_
== NULL
)
4280 this->tlsdesc_rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
4281 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
4282 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->tlsdesc_rel_
,
4283 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
4284 gold_assert(this->tlsdesc_rel_
->output_section()
4285 == this->rel_
->output_section());
4287 return this->tlsdesc_rel_
;
4290 // Return where the IRELATIVE relocations should go in the PLT. These
4291 // follow the JUMP_SLOT and the TLSDESC relocations.
4293 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4294 typename Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
4295 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::rela_irelative(Symbol_table
* symtab
,
4298 if (this->irelative_rel_
== NULL
)
4300 // Make sure we have a place for the TLSDESC relocations, in
4301 // case we see any later on.
4302 this->rela_tlsdesc(layout
);
4303 this->irelative_rel_
= new Reloc_section(false);
4304 layout
->add_output_section_data(".rela.plt", elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
4305 elfcpp::SHF_ALLOC
, this->irelative_rel_
,
4306 ORDER_DYNAMIC_PLT_RELOCS
, false);
4307 gold_assert(this->irelative_rel_
->output_section()
4308 == this->rel_
->output_section());
4310 if (parameters
->doing_static_link())
4312 // A statically linked executable will only have a .rela.plt
4313 // section to hold R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE relocs for
4314 // STT_GNU_IFUNC symbols. The library will use these
4315 // symbols to locate the IRELATIVE relocs at program startup
4317 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_start", NULL
,
4318 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4319 this->irelative_rel_
, 0, 0,
4320 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
,
4321 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0, false, true);
4322 symtab
->define_in_output_data("__rela_iplt_end", NULL
,
4323 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
4324 this->irelative_rel_
, 0, 0,
4325 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
, elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
,
4326 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0, true, true);
4329 return this->irelative_rel_
;
4332 // Return the PLT address to use for a global symbol.
4334 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4336 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::address_for_global(
4339 uint64_t offset
= 0;
4340 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
4341 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
4342 offset
= (this->first_plt_entry_offset() +
4343 this->count_
* this->get_plt_entry_size());
4344 return this->address() + offset
+ gsym
->plt_offset();
4347 // Return the PLT address to use for a local symbol. These are always
4348 // IRELATIVE relocs.
4350 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4352 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::address_for_local(
4353 const Relobj
* object
,
4356 return (this->address()
4357 + this->first_plt_entry_offset()
4358 + this->count_
* this->get_plt_entry_size()
4359 + object
->local_plt_offset(r_sym
));
4362 // Set the final size.
4364 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4366 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::set_final_data_size()
4368 unsigned int count
= this->count_
+ this->irelative_count_
;
4369 unsigned int extra_size
= 0;
4370 if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
4371 extra_size
+= this->get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size();
4372 this->set_data_size(this->first_plt_entry_offset()
4373 + count
* this->get_plt_entry_size()
4377 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4378 class Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
:
4379 public Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>
4382 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Address
;
4383 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard(
4385 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
,
4386 Output_data_space
* got_plt
,
4387 Output_data_space
* got_irelative
)
4388 : Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>(layout
,
4395 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
4396 virtual unsigned int
4397 do_first_plt_entry_offset() const
4398 { return this->first_plt_entry_size
; }
4400 // Return the size of a PLT entry
4401 virtual unsigned int
4402 do_get_plt_entry_size() const
4403 { return this->plt_entry_size
; }
4405 // Return the size of a tlsdesc entry
4406 virtual unsigned int
4407 do_get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size() const
4408 { return this->plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
; }
4411 do_fill_first_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4412 Address got_address
,
4413 Address plt_address
);
4416 do_fill_plt_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4417 Address got_address
,
4418 Address plt_address
,
4419 unsigned int got_offset
,
4420 unsigned int plt_offset
);
4423 do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(unsigned char* pov
,
4424 Address gotplt_address
,
4425 Address plt_address
,
4427 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset
,
4428 unsigned int plt_offset
);
4431 // The size of the first plt entry size.
4432 static const int first_plt_entry_size
= 32;
4433 // The size of the plt entry size.
4434 static const int plt_entry_size
= 16;
4435 // The size of the plt tlsdesc entry size.
4436 static const int plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
= 32;
4437 // Template for the first PLT entry.
4438 static const uint32_t first_plt_entry
[first_plt_entry_size
/ 4];
4439 // Template for subsequent PLT entries.
4440 static const uint32_t plt_entry
[plt_entry_size
/ 4];
4441 // The reserved TLSDESC entry in the PLT for an executable.
4442 static const uint32_t tlsdesc_plt_entry
[plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
/ 4];
4445 // The first entry in the PLT for an executable.
4449 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, false>::
4450 first_plt_entry
[first_plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4452 0xa9bf7bf0, /* stp x16, x30, [sp, #-16]! */
4453 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLT_GOT+0x8 */
4454 0xb9400A11, /* ldr w17, [x16, #PLT_GOT+0x8] */
4455 0x11002210, /* add w16, w16,#PLT_GOT+0x8 */
4456 0xd61f0220, /* br x17 */
4457 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4458 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4459 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4465 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, true>::
4466 first_plt_entry
[first_plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4468 0xa9bf7bf0, /* stp x16, x30, [sp, #-16]! */
4469 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLT_GOT+0x8 */
4470 0xb9400A11, /* ldr w17, [x16, #PLT_GOT+0x8] */
4471 0x11002210, /* add w16, w16,#PLT_GOT+0x8 */
4472 0xd61f0220, /* br x17 */
4473 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4474 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4475 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4481 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, false>::
4482 first_plt_entry
[first_plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4484 0xa9bf7bf0, /* stp x16, x30, [sp, #-16]! */
4485 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLT_GOT+16 */
4486 0xf9400A11, /* ldr x17, [x16, #PLT_GOT+0x10] */
4487 0x91004210, /* add x16, x16,#PLT_GOT+0x10 */
4488 0xd61f0220, /* br x17 */
4489 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4490 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4491 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4497 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, true>::
4498 first_plt_entry
[first_plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4500 0xa9bf7bf0, /* stp x16, x30, [sp, #-16]! */
4501 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLT_GOT+16 */
4502 0xf9400A11, /* ldr x17, [x16, #PLT_GOT+0x10] */
4503 0x91004210, /* add x16, x16,#PLT_GOT+0x10 */
4504 0xd61f0220, /* br x17 */
4505 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4506 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4507 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4513 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, false>::
4514 plt_entry
[plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4516 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLTGOT + n * 4 */
4517 0xb9400211, /* ldr w17, [w16, PLTGOT + n * 4] */
4518 0x11000210, /* add w16, w16, :lo12:PLTGOT + n * 4 */
4519 0xd61f0220, /* br x17. */
4525 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, true>::
4526 plt_entry
[plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4528 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLTGOT + n * 4 */
4529 0xb9400211, /* ldr w17, [w16, PLTGOT + n * 4] */
4530 0x11000210, /* add w16, w16, :lo12:PLTGOT + n * 4 */
4531 0xd61f0220, /* br x17. */
4537 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, false>::
4538 plt_entry
[plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4540 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLTGOT + n * 8 */
4541 0xf9400211, /* ldr x17, [x16, PLTGOT + n * 8] */
4542 0x91000210, /* add x16, x16, :lo12:PLTGOT + n * 8 */
4543 0xd61f0220, /* br x17. */
4549 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, true>::
4550 plt_entry
[plt_entry_size
/ 4] =
4552 0x90000010, /* adrp x16, PLTGOT + n * 8 */
4553 0xf9400211, /* ldr x17, [x16, PLTGOT + n * 8] */
4554 0x91000210, /* add x16, x16, :lo12:PLTGOT + n * 8 */
4555 0xd61f0220, /* br x17. */
4559 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4561 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<size
, big_endian
>::do_fill_first_plt_entry(
4563 Address got_address
,
4564 Address plt_address
)
4566 // PLT0 of the small PLT looks like this in ELF64 -
4567 // stp x16, x30, [sp, #-16]! Save the reloc and lr on stack.
4568 // adrp x16, PLT_GOT + 16 Get the page base of the GOTPLT
4569 // ldr x17, [x16, #:lo12:PLT_GOT+16] Load the address of the
4571 // add x16, x16, #:lo12:PLT_GOT+16 Load the lo12 bits of the
4572 // GOTPLT entry for this.
4574 // PLT0 will be slightly different in ELF32 due to different got entry
4576 memcpy(pov
, this->first_plt_entry
, this->first_plt_entry_size
);
4577 Address gotplt_2nd_ent
= got_address
+ (size
/ 8) * 2;
4579 // Fill in the top 21 bits for this: ADRP x16, PLT_GOT + 8 * 2.
4580 // ADRP: (PG(S+A)-PG(P)) >> 12) & 0x1fffff.
4581 // FIXME: This only works for 64bit
4582 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::adrp(pov
+ 4,
4583 gotplt_2nd_ent
, plt_address
+ 4);
4585 // Fill in R_AARCH64_LDST8_LO12
4586 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4588 ((this->first_plt_entry
[2] & 0xffc003ff)
4589 | ((gotplt_2nd_ent
& 0xff8) << 7)));
4591 // Fill in R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12
4592 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4594 ((this->first_plt_entry
[3] & 0xffc003ff)
4595 | ((gotplt_2nd_ent
& 0xfff) << 10)));
4599 // Subsequent entries in the PLT for an executable.
4600 // FIXME: This only works for 64bit
4602 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4604 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<size
, big_endian
>::do_fill_plt_entry(
4606 Address got_address
,
4607 Address plt_address
,
4608 unsigned int got_offset
,
4609 unsigned int plt_offset
)
4611 memcpy(pov
, this->plt_entry
, this->plt_entry_size
);
4613 Address gotplt_entry_address
= got_address
+ got_offset
;
4614 Address plt_entry_address
= plt_address
+ plt_offset
;
4616 // Fill in R_AARCH64_PCREL_ADR_HI21
4617 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::adrp(
4619 gotplt_entry_address
,
4622 // Fill in R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12
4623 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4625 ((this->plt_entry
[1] & 0xffc003ff)
4626 | ((gotplt_entry_address
& 0xff8) << 7)));
4628 // Fill in R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12
4629 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4631 ((this->plt_entry
[2] & 0xffc003ff)
4632 | ((gotplt_entry_address
& 0xfff) <<10)));
4639 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, false>::
4640 tlsdesc_plt_entry
[plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
/ 4] =
4642 0xa9bf0fe2, /* stp x2, x3, [sp, #-16]! */
4643 0x90000002, /* adrp x2, 0 */
4644 0x90000003, /* adrp x3, 0 */
4645 0xb9400042, /* ldr w2, [w2, #0] */
4646 0x11000063, /* add w3, w3, 0 */
4647 0xd61f0040, /* br x2 */
4648 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4649 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4654 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<32, true>::
4655 tlsdesc_plt_entry
[plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
/ 4] =
4657 0xa9bf0fe2, /* stp x2, x3, [sp, #-16]! */
4658 0x90000002, /* adrp x2, 0 */
4659 0x90000003, /* adrp x3, 0 */
4660 0xb9400042, /* ldr w2, [w2, #0] */
4661 0x11000063, /* add w3, w3, 0 */
4662 0xd61f0040, /* br x2 */
4663 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4664 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4669 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, false>::
4670 tlsdesc_plt_entry
[plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
/ 4] =
4672 0xa9bf0fe2, /* stp x2, x3, [sp, #-16]! */
4673 0x90000002, /* adrp x2, 0 */
4674 0x90000003, /* adrp x3, 0 */
4675 0xf9400042, /* ldr x2, [x2, #0] */
4676 0x91000063, /* add x3, x3, 0 */
4677 0xd61f0040, /* br x2 */
4678 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4679 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4684 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<64, true>::
4685 tlsdesc_plt_entry
[plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
/ 4] =
4687 0xa9bf0fe2, /* stp x2, x3, [sp, #-16]! */
4688 0x90000002, /* adrp x2, 0 */
4689 0x90000003, /* adrp x3, 0 */
4690 0xf9400042, /* ldr x2, [x2, #0] */
4691 0x91000063, /* add x3, x3, 0 */
4692 0xd61f0040, /* br x2 */
4693 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4694 0xd503201f, /* nop */
4697 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4699 Output_data_plt_aarch64_standard
<size
, big_endian
>::do_fill_tlsdesc_entry(
4701 Address gotplt_address
,
4702 Address plt_address
,
4704 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset
,
4705 unsigned int plt_offset
)
4707 memcpy(pov
, tlsdesc_plt_entry
, plt_tlsdesc_entry_size
);
4709 // move DT_TLSDESC_GOT address into x2
4710 // move .got.plt address into x3
4711 Address tlsdesc_got_entry
= got_base
+ tlsdesc_got_offset
;
4712 Address plt_entry_address
= plt_address
+ plt_offset
;
4714 // R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
4715 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::adrp(
4718 plt_entry_address
+ 4);
4720 // R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
4721 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::adrp(
4724 plt_entry_address
+ 8);
4726 // R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12
4727 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4729 ((this->tlsdesc_plt_entry
[3] & 0xffc003ff)
4730 | ((tlsdesc_got_entry
& 0xff8) << 7)));
4732 // R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12
4733 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(
4735 ((this->tlsdesc_plt_entry
[4] & 0xffc003ff)
4736 | ((gotplt_address
& 0xfff) << 10)));
4739 // Write out the PLT. This uses the hand-coded instructions above,
4740 // and adjusts them as needed. This is specified by the AMD64 ABI.
4742 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4744 Output_data_plt_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_write(Output_file
* of
)
4746 const off_t offset
= this->offset();
4747 const section_size_type oview_size
=
4748 convert_to_section_size_type(this->data_size());
4749 unsigned char* const oview
= of
->get_output_view(offset
, oview_size
);
4751 const off_t got_file_offset
= this->got_plt_
->offset();
4752 gold_assert(got_file_offset
+ this->got_plt_
->data_size()
4753 == this->got_irelative_
->offset());
4755 const section_size_type got_size
=
4756 convert_to_section_size_type(this->got_plt_
->data_size()
4757 + this->got_irelative_
->data_size());
4758 unsigned char* const got_view
= of
->get_output_view(got_file_offset
,
4761 unsigned char* pov
= oview
;
4763 // The base address of the .plt section.
4764 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr plt_address
= this->address();
4765 // The base address of the PLT portion of the .got section.
4766 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr gotplt_address
4767 = this->got_plt_
->address();
4769 this->fill_first_plt_entry(pov
, gotplt_address
, plt_address
);
4770 pov
+= this->first_plt_entry_offset();
4772 // The first three entries in .got.plt are reserved.
4773 unsigned char* got_pov
= got_view
;
4774 memset(got_pov
, 0, size
/ 8 * AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
);
4775 got_pov
+= (size
/ 8) * AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
;
4777 unsigned int plt_offset
= this->first_plt_entry_offset();
4778 unsigned int got_offset
= (size
/ 8) * AARCH64_GOTPLT_RESERVE_COUNT
;
4779 const unsigned int count
= this->count_
+ this->irelative_count_
;
4780 for (unsigned int plt_index
= 0;
4783 pov
+= this->get_plt_entry_size(),
4784 got_pov
+= size
/ 8,
4785 plt_offset
+= this->get_plt_entry_size(),
4786 got_offset
+= size
/ 8)
4788 // Set and adjust the PLT entry itself.
4789 this->fill_plt_entry(pov
, gotplt_address
, plt_address
,
4790 got_offset
, plt_offset
);
4792 // Set the entry in the GOT, which points to plt0.
4793 elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::writeval(got_pov
, plt_address
);
4796 if (this->has_tlsdesc_entry())
4798 // Set and adjust the reserved TLSDESC PLT entry.
4799 unsigned int tlsdesc_got_offset
= this->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
4800 // The base address of the .base section.
4801 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_base
=
4802 this->got_
->address();
4803 this->fill_tlsdesc_entry(pov
, gotplt_address
, plt_address
, got_base
,
4804 tlsdesc_got_offset
, plt_offset
);
4805 pov
+= this->get_plt_tlsdesc_entry_size();
4808 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(pov
- oview
) == oview_size
);
4809 gold_assert(static_cast<section_size_type
>(got_pov
- got_view
) == got_size
);
4811 of
->write_output_view(offset
, oview_size
, oview
);
4812 of
->write_output_view(got_file_offset
, got_size
, got_view
);
4815 // Telling how to update the immediate field of an instruction.
4816 struct AArch64_howto
4818 // The immediate field mask.
4819 elfcpp::Elf_Xword dst_mask
;
4821 // The offset to apply relocation immediate
4824 // The second part offset, if the immediate field has two parts.
4825 // -1 if the immediate field has only one part.
4829 static const AArch64_howto aarch64_howto
[AArch64_reloc_property::INST_NUM
] =
4831 {0, -1, -1}, // DATA
4832 {0x1fffe0, 5, -1}, // MOVW [20:5]-imm16
4833 {0xffffe0, 5, -1}, // LD [23:5]-imm19
4834 {0x60ffffe0, 29, 5}, // ADR [30:29]-immlo [23:5]-immhi
4835 {0x60ffffe0, 29, 5}, // ADRP [30:29]-immlo [23:5]-immhi
4836 {0x3ffc00, 10, -1}, // ADD [21:10]-imm12
4837 {0x3ffc00, 10, -1}, // LDST [21:10]-imm12
4838 {0x7ffe0, 5, -1}, // TBZNZ [18:5]-imm14
4839 {0xffffe0, 5, -1}, // CONDB [23:5]-imm19
4840 {0x3ffffff, 0, -1}, // B [25:0]-imm26
4841 {0x3ffffff, 0, -1}, // CALL [25:0]-imm26
4844 // AArch64 relocate function class
4846 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
4847 class AArch64_relocate_functions
4852 STATUS_OKAY
, // No error during relocation.
4853 STATUS_OVERFLOW
, // Relocation overflow.
4854 STATUS_BAD_RELOC
, // Relocation cannot be applied.
4857 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> This
;
4858 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr Address
;
4859 typedef Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
> The_relocate_info
;
4860 typedef AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
> The_aarch64_relobj
;
4861 typedef Reloc_stub
<size
, big_endian
> The_reloc_stub
;
4862 typedef Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
> The_stub_table
;
4863 typedef elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
> The_rela
;
4864 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype AArch64_valtype
;
4866 // Return the page address of the address.
4867 // Page(address) = address & ~0xFFF
4869 static inline AArch64_valtype
4870 Page(Address address
)
4872 return (address
& (~static_cast<Address
>(0xFFF)));
4876 // Update instruction (pointed by view) with selected bits (immed).
4877 // val = (val & ~dst_mask) | (immed << doffset)
4879 template<int valsize
>
4881 update_view(unsigned char* view
,
4882 AArch64_valtype immed
,
4883 elfcpp::Elf_Xword doffset
,
4884 elfcpp::Elf_Xword dst_mask
)
4886 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4887 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4888 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4890 // Clear immediate fields.
4892 elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
,
4893 static_cast<Valtype
>(val
| (immed
<< doffset
)));
4896 // Update two parts of an instruction (pointed by view) with selected
4897 // bits (immed1 and immed2).
4898 // val = (val & ~dst_mask) | (immed1 << doffset1) | (immed2 << doffset2)
4900 template<int valsize
>
4902 update_view_two_parts(
4903 unsigned char* view
,
4904 AArch64_valtype immed1
,
4905 AArch64_valtype immed2
,
4906 elfcpp::Elf_Xword doffset1
,
4907 elfcpp::Elf_Xword doffset2
,
4908 elfcpp::Elf_Xword dst_mask
)
4910 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4911 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4912 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4914 elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
,
4915 static_cast<Valtype
>(val
| (immed1
<< doffset1
) |
4916 (immed2
<< doffset2
)));
4919 // Update adr or adrp instruction with immed.
4920 // In adr and adrp: [30:29] immlo [23:5] immhi
4923 update_adr(unsigned char* view
, AArch64_valtype immed
)
4925 elfcpp::Elf_Xword dst_mask
= (0x3 << 29) | (0x7ffff << 5);
4926 This::template update_view_two_parts
<32>(
4929 (immed
& 0x1ffffc) >> 2,
4935 // Update movz/movn instruction with bits immed.
4936 // Set instruction to movz if is_movz is true, otherwise set instruction
4940 update_movnz(unsigned char* view
,
4941 AArch64_valtype immed
,
4944 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
4945 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
4946 Valtype val
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(wv
);
4948 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword doffset
=
4949 aarch64_howto
[AArch64_reloc_property::INST_MOVW
].doffset
;
4950 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword dst_mask
=
4951 aarch64_howto
[AArch64_reloc_property::INST_MOVW
].dst_mask
;
4953 // Clear immediate fields and opc code.
4954 val
&= ~(dst_mask
| (0x3 << 29));
4956 // Set instruction to movz or movn.
4957 // movz: [30:29] is 10 movn: [30:29] is 00
4961 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
,
4962 static_cast<Valtype
>(val
| (immed
<< doffset
)));
4965 // Update selected bits in text.
4967 template<int valsize
>
4968 static inline typename
This::Status
4969 reloc_common(unsigned char* view
, Address x
,
4970 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
4972 // Select bits from X.
4973 Address immed
= reloc_property
->select_x_value(x
);
4976 const AArch64_reloc_property::Reloc_inst inst
=
4977 reloc_property
->reloc_inst();
4978 // If it is a data relocation or instruction has 2 parts of immediate
4979 // fields, you should not call pcrela_general.
4980 gold_assert(aarch64_howto
[inst
].doffset2
== -1 &&
4981 aarch64_howto
[inst
].doffset
!= -1);
4982 This::template update_view
<valsize
>(view
, immed
,
4983 aarch64_howto
[inst
].doffset
,
4984 aarch64_howto
[inst
].dst_mask
);
4986 // Do check overflow or alignment if needed.
4987 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
4989 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
4994 // Construct a B insn. Note, although we group it here with other relocation
4995 // operation, there is actually no 'relocation' involved here.
4997 construct_b(unsigned char* view
, unsigned int branch_offset
)
4999 update_view_two_parts
<32>(view
, 0x05, (branch_offset
>> 2),
5003 // Do a simple rela relocation at unaligned addresses.
5005 template<int valsize
>
5006 static inline typename
This::Status
5007 rela_ua(unsigned char* view
,
5008 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5009 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5010 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5011 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5013 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<valsize
, big_endian
>::Valtype
5015 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr x
=
5016 psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
5017 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<valsize
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
5018 static_cast<Valtype
>(x
));
5019 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
5021 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
5024 // Do a simple pc-relative relocation at unaligned addresses.
5026 template<int valsize
>
5027 static inline typename
This::Status
5028 pcrela_ua(unsigned char* view
,
5029 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5030 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5031 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5033 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5035 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<valsize
, big_endian
>::Valtype
5037 Address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
5038 elfcpp::Swap_unaligned
<valsize
, big_endian
>::writeval(view
,
5039 static_cast<Valtype
>(x
));
5040 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
5042 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
5045 // Do a simple rela relocation at aligned addresses.
5047 template<int valsize
>
5048 static inline typename
This::Status
5050 unsigned char* view
,
5051 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5052 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5053 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5054 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5056 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::Valtype Valtype
;
5057 Valtype
* wv
= reinterpret_cast<Valtype
*>(view
);
5058 Address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
5059 elfcpp::Swap
<valsize
, big_endian
>::writeval(wv
,static_cast<Valtype
>(x
));
5060 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
5062 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
5065 // Do relocate. Update selected bits in text.
5066 // new_val = (val & ~dst_mask) | (immed << doffset)
5068 template<int valsize
>
5069 static inline typename
This::Status
5070 rela_general(unsigned char* view
,
5071 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5072 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5073 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5074 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5076 // Calculate relocation.
5077 Address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
5078 return This::template reloc_common
<valsize
>(view
, x
, reloc_property
);
5081 // Do relocate. Update selected bits in text.
5082 // new val = (val & ~dst_mask) | (immed << doffset)
5084 template<int valsize
>
5085 static inline typename
This::Status
5087 unsigned char* view
,
5089 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5090 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5092 // Calculate relocation.
5093 Address x
= s
+ addend
;
5094 return This::template reloc_common
<valsize
>(view
, x
, reloc_property
);
5097 // Do address relative relocate. Update selected bits in text.
5098 // new val = (val & ~dst_mask) | (immed << doffset)
5100 template<int valsize
>
5101 static inline typename
This::Status
5103 unsigned char* view
,
5104 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5105 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5106 AArch64_valtype addend
,
5108 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5110 // Calculate relocation.
5111 Address x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
5112 return This::template reloc_common
<valsize
>(view
, x
, reloc_property
);
5116 // Calculate (S + A) - address, update adr instruction.
5118 static inline typename
This::Status
5119 adr(unsigned char* view
,
5120 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5121 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5124 const AArch64_reloc_property
* /* reloc_property */)
5126 AArch64_valtype x
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
) - address
;
5127 // Pick bits [20:0] of X.
5128 AArch64_valtype immed
= x
& 0x1fffff;
5129 update_adr(view
, immed
);
5130 // Check -2^20 <= X < 2^20
5131 return (size
== 64 && Bits
<21>::has_overflow((x
))
5132 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
5133 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
5136 // Calculate PG(S+A) - PG(address), update adrp instruction.
5137 // R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
5139 static inline typename
This::Status
5141 unsigned char* view
,
5145 AArch64_valtype x
= This::Page(sa
) - This::Page(address
);
5146 // Pick [32:12] of X.
5147 AArch64_valtype immed
= (x
>> 12) & 0x1fffff;
5148 update_adr(view
, immed
);
5149 // Check -2^32 <= X < 2^32
5150 return (size
== 64 && Bits
<33>::has_overflow((x
))
5151 ? This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
5152 : This::STATUS_OKAY
);
5155 // Calculate PG(S+A) - PG(address), update adrp instruction.
5156 // R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
5158 static inline typename
This::Status
5159 adrp(unsigned char* view
,
5160 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5161 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5164 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5166 Address sa
= psymval
->value(object
, addend
);
5167 AArch64_valtype x
= This::Page(sa
) - This::Page(address
);
5168 // Pick [32:12] of X.
5169 AArch64_valtype immed
= (x
>> 12) & 0x1fffff;
5170 update_adr(view
, immed
);
5171 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
5173 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
5176 // Update mov[n/z] instruction. Check overflow if needed.
5177 // If X >=0, set the instruction to movz and its immediate value to the
5179 // If X < 0, set the instruction to movn and its immediate value to
5180 // NOT (selected bits of).
5182 static inline typename
This::Status
5183 movnz(unsigned char* view
,
5185 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
)
5187 // Select bits from X.
5190 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword SignedW
;
5191 if (static_cast<SignedW
>(x
) >= 0)
5193 immed
= reloc_property
->select_x_value(x
);
5198 immed
= reloc_property
->select_x_value(~x
);;
5202 // Update movnz instruction.
5203 update_movnz(view
, immed
, is_movz
);
5205 // Do check overflow or alignment if needed.
5206 return (reloc_property
->checkup_x_value(x
)
5208 : This::STATUS_OVERFLOW
);
5212 maybe_apply_stub(unsigned int,
5213 const The_relocate_info
*,
5217 const Sized_symbol
<size
>*,
5218 const Symbol_value
<size
>*,
5219 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>*,
5222 }; // End of AArch64_relocate_functions
5225 // For a certain relocation type (usually jump/branch), test to see if the
5226 // destination needs a stub to fulfil. If so, re-route the destination of the
5227 // original instruction to the stub, note, at this time, the stub has already
5230 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5232 AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::
5233 maybe_apply_stub(unsigned int r_type
,
5234 const The_relocate_info
* relinfo
,
5235 const The_rela
& rela
,
5236 unsigned char* view
,
5238 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
5239 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
5240 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5241 section_size_type current_group_size
)
5243 if (parameters
->options().relocatable())
5246 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Swxword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
5247 Address branch_target
= psymval
->value(object
, 0) + addend
;
5249 The_reloc_stub::stub_type_for_reloc(r_type
, address
, branch_target
);
5250 if (stub_type
== ST_NONE
)
5253 const The_aarch64_relobj
* aarch64_relobj
=
5254 static_cast<const The_aarch64_relobj
*>(object
);
5255 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= aarch64_relobj
->stub_table(relinfo
->data_shndx
);
5256 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
5258 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
5259 typename
The_reloc_stub::Key
stub_key(stub_type
, gsym
, object
, r_sym
, addend
);
5260 The_reloc_stub
* stub
= stub_table
->find_reloc_stub(stub_key
);
5261 gold_assert(stub
!= NULL
);
5263 Address new_branch_target
= stub_table
->address() + stub
->offset();
5264 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<size
, big_endian
>::Valtype branch_offset
=
5265 new_branch_target
- address
;
5266 const AArch64_reloc_property
* arp
=
5267 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
5268 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
5269 typename
This::Status status
= This::template
5270 rela_general
<32>(view
, branch_offset
, 0, arp
);
5271 if (status
!= This::STATUS_OKAY
)
5272 gold_error(_("Stub is too far away, try a smaller value "
5273 "for '--stub-group-size'. The current value is 0x%lx."),
5274 static_cast<unsigned long>(current_group_size
));
5279 // Group input sections for stub generation.
5281 // We group input sections in an output section so that the total size,
5282 // including any padding space due to alignment is smaller than GROUP_SIZE
5283 // unless the only input section in group is bigger than GROUP_SIZE already.
5284 // Then an ARM stub table is created to follow the last input section
5285 // in group. For each group an ARM stub table is created an is placed
5286 // after the last group. If STUB_ALWAYS_AFTER_BRANCH is false, we further
5287 // extend the group after the stub table.
5289 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5291 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::group_sections(
5293 section_size_type group_size
,
5294 bool stubs_always_after_branch
,
5297 // Group input sections and insert stub table
5298 Layout::Section_list section_list
;
5299 layout
->get_executable_sections(§ion_list
);
5300 for (Layout::Section_list::const_iterator p
= section_list
.begin();
5301 p
!= section_list
.end();
5304 AArch64_output_section
<size
, big_endian
>* output_section
=
5305 static_cast<AArch64_output_section
<size
, big_endian
>*>(*p
);
5306 output_section
->group_sections(group_size
, stubs_always_after_branch
,
5312 // Find the AArch64_input_section object corresponding to the SHNDX-th input
5313 // section of RELOBJ.
5315 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5316 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
5317 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::find_aarch64_input_section(
5318 Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
) const
5320 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
5321 typename
AArch64_input_section_map::const_iterator p
=
5322 this->aarch64_input_section_map_
.find(sid
);
5323 return (p
!= this->aarch64_input_section_map_
.end()) ? p
->second
: NULL
;
5327 // Make a new AArch64_input_section object.
5329 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5330 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>*
5331 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::new_aarch64_input_section(
5332 Relobj
* relobj
, unsigned int shndx
)
5334 Section_id
sid(relobj
, shndx
);
5336 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>* input_section
=
5337 new AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>(relobj
, shndx
);
5338 input_section
->init();
5340 // Register new AArch64_input_section in map for look-up.
5341 std::pair
<typename
AArch64_input_section_map::iterator
,bool> ins
=
5342 this->aarch64_input_section_map_
.insert(
5343 std::make_pair(sid
, input_section
));
5345 // Make sure that it we have not created another AArch64_input_section
5346 // for this input section already.
5347 gold_assert(ins
.second
);
5349 return input_section
;
5353 // Relaxation hook. This is where we do stub generation.
5355 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5357 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_relax(
5359 const Input_objects
* input_objects
,
5360 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5364 gold_assert(!parameters
->options().relocatable());
5367 // We don't handle negative stub_group_size right now.
5368 this->stub_group_size_
= abs(parameters
->options().stub_group_size());
5369 if (this->stub_group_size_
== 1)
5371 // Leave room for 4096 4-byte stub entries. If we exceed that, then we
5372 // will fail to link. The user will have to relink with an explicit
5373 // group size option.
5374 this->stub_group_size_
= The_reloc_stub::MAX_BRANCH_OFFSET
-
5377 group_sections(layout
, this->stub_group_size_
, true, task
);
5381 // If this is not the first pass, addresses and file offsets have
5382 // been reset at this point, set them here.
5383 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
5384 sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end(); ++sp
)
5386 The_stub_table
* stt
= *sp
;
5387 The_aarch64_input_section
* owner
= stt
->owner();
5388 off_t off
= align_address(owner
->original_size(),
5390 stt
->set_address_and_file_offset(owner
->address() + off
,
5391 owner
->offset() + off
);
5395 // Scan relocs for relocation stubs
5396 for (Input_objects::Relobj_iterator op
= input_objects
->relobj_begin();
5397 op
!= input_objects
->relobj_end();
5400 The_aarch64_relobj
* aarch64_relobj
=
5401 static_cast<The_aarch64_relobj
*>(*op
);
5402 // Lock the object so we can read from it. This is only called
5403 // single-threaded from Layout::finalize, so it is OK to lock.
5404 Task_lock_obj
<Object
> tl(task
, aarch64_relobj
);
5405 aarch64_relobj
->scan_sections_for_stubs(this, symtab
, layout
);
5408 bool any_stub_table_changed
= false;
5409 for (Stub_table_iterator siter
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
5410 siter
!= this->stub_tables_
.end() && !any_stub_table_changed
; ++siter
)
5412 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= *siter
;
5413 if (stub_table
->update_data_size_changed_p())
5415 The_aarch64_input_section
* owner
= stub_table
->owner();
5416 uint64_t address
= owner
->address();
5417 off_t offset
= owner
->offset();
5418 owner
->reset_address_and_file_offset();
5419 owner
->set_address_and_file_offset(address
, offset
);
5421 any_stub_table_changed
= true;
5425 // Do not continue relaxation.
5426 bool continue_relaxation
= any_stub_table_changed
;
5427 if (!continue_relaxation
)
5428 for (Stub_table_iterator sp
= this->stub_tables_
.begin();
5429 (sp
!= this->stub_tables_
.end());
5431 (*sp
)->finalize_stubs();
5433 return continue_relaxation
;
5437 // Make a new Stub_table.
5439 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5440 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>*
5441 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::new_stub_table(
5442 AArch64_input_section
<size
, big_endian
>* owner
)
5444 Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>* stub_table
=
5445 new Stub_table
<size
, big_endian
>(owner
);
5446 stub_table
->set_address(align_address(
5447 owner
->address() + owner
->data_size(), 8));
5448 stub_table
->set_file_offset(owner
->offset() + owner
->data_size());
5449 stub_table
->finalize_data_size();
5451 this->stub_tables_
.push_back(stub_table
);
5457 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5459 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_reloc_addend(
5460 void* arg
, unsigned int r_type
, uint64_t) const
5462 gold_assert(r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
);
5463 uintptr_t intarg
= reinterpret_cast<uintptr_t>(arg
);
5464 gold_assert(intarg
< this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_
.size());
5465 const Tlsdesc_info
& ti(this->tlsdesc_reloc_info_
[intarg
]);
5466 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
= ti
.object
->local_symbol(ti
.r_sym
);
5467 gold_assert(psymval
->is_tls_symbol());
5468 // The value of a TLS symbol is the offset in the TLS segment.
5469 return psymval
->value(ti
.object
, 0);
5472 // Return the number of entries in the PLT.
5474 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5476 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::plt_entry_count() const
5478 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
5480 return this->plt_
->entry_count();
5483 // Return the offset of the first non-reserved PLT entry.
5485 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5487 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::first_plt_entry_offset() const
5489 return this->plt_
->first_plt_entry_offset();
5492 // Return the size of each PLT entry.
5494 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5496 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::plt_entry_size() const
5498 return this->plt_
->get_plt_entry_size();
5501 // Define the _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ symbol in the TLS segment.
5503 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5505 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::define_tls_base_symbol(
5506 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
5508 if (this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
)
5511 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= layout
->tls_segment();
5512 if (tls_segment
!= NULL
)
5514 // _TLS_MODULE_BASE_ always points to the beginning of tls segment.
5515 symtab
->define_in_output_segment("_TLS_MODULE_BASE_", NULL
,
5516 Symbol_table::PREDEFINED
,
5520 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, 0,
5521 Symbol::SEGMENT_START
,
5524 this->tls_base_symbol_defined_
= true;
5527 // Create the reserved PLT and GOT entries for the TLS descriptor resolver.
5529 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5531 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::reserve_tlsdesc_entries(
5532 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
5534 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
5535 this->make_plt_section(symtab
, layout
);
5537 if (!this->plt_
->has_tlsdesc_entry())
5539 // Allocate the TLSDESC_GOT entry.
5540 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
5541 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
5542 unsigned int got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
5544 // Allocate the TLSDESC_PLT entry.
5545 this->plt_
->reserve_tlsdesc_entry(got_offset
);
5549 // Create a GOT entry for the TLS module index.
5551 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5553 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::got_mod_index_entry(
5554 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
5555 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
)
5557 if (this->got_mod_index_offset_
== -1U)
5559 gold_assert(symtab
!= NULL
&& layout
!= NULL
&& object
!= NULL
);
5560 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn
= this->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
5561 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
5562 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
5563 unsigned int got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
5564 rela_dyn
->add_local(object
, 0, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD64
, got
,
5566 got
->add_constant(0);
5567 this->got_mod_index_offset_
= got_offset
;
5569 return this->got_mod_index_offset_
;
5572 // Optimize the TLS relocation type based on what we know about the
5573 // symbol. IS_FINAL is true if the final address of this symbol is
5574 // known at link time.
5576 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5577 tls::Tls_optimization
5578 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::optimize_tls_reloc(bool is_final
,
5581 // If we are generating a shared library, then we can't do anything
5583 if (parameters
->options().shared())
5584 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
5588 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
5589 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
5590 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD_PREL19
:
5591 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PREL21
:
5592 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
5593 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
5594 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
5595 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_OFF_G1
:
5596 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_OFF_G0_NC
:
5597 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LDR
:
5598 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD
:
5599 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
5600 // These are General-Dynamic which permits fully general TLS
5601 // access. Since we know that we are generating an executable,
5602 // we can convert this to Initial-Exec. If we also know that
5603 // this is a local symbol, we can further switch to Local-Exec.
5605 return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
;
5606 return tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
;
5608 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
5609 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
5610 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
5611 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
5612 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
5613 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
:
5614 // These are Local-Dynamic, which refer to local symbols in the
5615 // dynamic TLS block. Since we know that we generating an
5616 // executable, we can switch to Local-Exec.
5617 return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
;
5619 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_MOVW_GOTTPREL_G1
:
5620 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_MOVW_GOTTPREL_G0_NC
:
5621 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
5622 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
:
5623 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD_GOTTPREL_PREL19
:
5624 // These are Initial-Exec relocs which get the thread offset
5625 // from the GOT. If we know that we are linking against the
5626 // local symbol, we can switch to Local-Exec, which links the
5627 // thread offset into the instruction.
5629 return tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
;
5630 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
5632 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
5633 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
5634 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC
:
5635 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
5636 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC
:
5637 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
:
5638 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
:
5639 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC
:
5640 // When we already have Local-Exec, there is nothing further we
5642 return tls::TLSOPT_NONE
;
5649 // Returns true if this relocation type could be that of a function pointer.
5651 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5653 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::possible_function_pointer_reloc(
5654 unsigned int r_type
)
5658 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
:
5659 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21_NC
:
5660 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
:
5661 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE
:
5662 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC
:
5670 // For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a local symbol to check if it
5671 // corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark
5672 // the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable.
5674 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5676 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::local_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
5679 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
5680 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
5683 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& ,
5684 unsigned int r_type
,
5685 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>&)
5687 // When building a shared library, do not fold any local symbols.
5688 return (parameters
->options().shared()
5689 || possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
));
5692 // For safe ICF, scan a relocation for a global symbol to check if it
5693 // corresponds to a function pointer being taken. In that case mark
5694 // the function whose pointer was taken as not foldable.
5696 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5698 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::global_reloc_may_be_function_pointer(
5701 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
5702 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* ,
5705 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& ,
5706 unsigned int r_type
,
5709 // When building a shared library, do not fold symbols whose visibility
5710 // is hidden, internal or protected.
5711 return ((parameters
->options().shared()
5712 && (gsym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_INTERNAL
5713 || gsym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
5714 || gsym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
))
5715 || possible_function_pointer_reloc(r_type
));
5718 // Report an unsupported relocation against a local symbol.
5720 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5722 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_local(
5723 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5724 unsigned int r_type
)
5726 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against local symbol"),
5727 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
5730 // We are about to emit a dynamic relocation of type R_TYPE. If the
5731 // dynamic linker does not support it, issue an error.
5733 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5735 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::check_non_pic(Relobj
* object
,
5736 unsigned int r_type
)
5738 gold_assert(r_type
!= elfcpp::R_AARCH64_NONE
);
5742 // These are the relocation types supported by glibc for AARCH64.
5743 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_NONE
:
5744 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_COPY
:
5745 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT
:
5746 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT
:
5747 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_RELATIVE
:
5748 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5749 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD64
:
5750 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
:
5751 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
:
5752 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE
:
5753 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS32
:
5754 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
:
5761 // This prevents us from issuing more than one error per reloc
5762 // section. But we can still wind up issuing more than one
5763 // error per object file.
5764 if (this->issued_non_pic_error_
)
5766 gold_assert(parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent());
5767 object
->error(_("requires unsupported dynamic reloc; "
5768 "recompile with -fPIC"));
5769 this->issued_non_pic_error_
= true;
5773 // Return whether we need to make a PLT entry for a relocation of the
5774 // given type against a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
5776 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5778 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(
5779 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5780 unsigned int r_type
)
5782 const AArch64_reloc_property
* arp
=
5783 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
5784 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
5786 int flags
= arp
->reference_flags();
5787 if (flags
& Symbol::TLS_REF
)
5789 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLS reloc %s for IFUNC symbol"),
5790 object
->name().c_str(), arp
->name().c_str());
5796 // Scan a relocation for a local symbol.
5798 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
5800 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::local(
5801 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
5803 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
5804 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
5805 unsigned int data_shndx
,
5806 Output_section
* output_section
,
5807 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
5808 unsigned int r_type
,
5809 const elfcpp::Sym
<size
, big_endian
>& lsym
,
5815 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>
5817 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
5818 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
5819 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
5821 // A local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry.
5822 bool is_ifunc
= lsym
.get_st_type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
;
5823 if (is_ifunc
&& this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object
, r_type
))
5824 target
->make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
, r_sym
);
5828 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS32
:
5829 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS16
:
5830 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5832 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u in pos independent link."),
5833 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
5837 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
:
5838 // If building a shared library or pie, we need to mark this as a dynmic
5839 // reloction, so that the dynamic loader can relocate it.
5840 if (parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent())
5842 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn
= target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
5843 rela_dyn
->add_local_relative(object
, r_sym
,
5844 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_RELATIVE
,
5847 rela
.get_r_offset(),
5848 rela
.get_r_addend(),
5853 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL64
:
5854 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL32
:
5855 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL16
:
5858 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD_PREL_LO19
: // 273
5859 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21
: // 274
5860 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
: // 275
5861 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21_NC
: // 276
5862 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 277
5863 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 278
5864 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 284
5865 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 285
5866 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 286
5867 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 299
5870 // Control flow, pc-relative. We don't need to do anything for a relative
5871 // addressing relocation against a local symbol if it does not reference
5873 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TSTBR14
:
5874 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CONDBR19
:
5875 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
:
5876 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
:
5879 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
5880 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
:
5882 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
5883 optimize_tls_reloc(!parameters
->options().shared(), r_type
);
5884 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
5887 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
5888 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
5889 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
5891 got
->add_local_with_rel(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
5892 target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
),
5893 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
);
5895 else if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
,
5896 GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
5898 got
->add_local(object
, r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
5899 unsigned int got_offset
=
5900 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
5901 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
5902 gold_assert(addend
== 0);
5903 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
,
5909 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
5910 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
5912 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
5913 optimize_tls_reloc(!parameters
->options().shared(), r_type
);
5914 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
5916 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
5919 gold_assert(tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
);
5921 got
->add_local_pair_with_rel(object
,r_sym
, data_shndx
,
5923 target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
),
5924 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD64
);
5928 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
5929 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
5930 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC
:
5931 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
5932 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC
:
5933 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
:
5934 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
:
5935 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC
:
5937 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
5938 bool output_is_shared
= parameters
->options().shared();
5939 if (output_is_shared
)
5940 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLSLE reloc %u in shared code."),
5941 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
5945 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
5946 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
5948 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
5949 optimize_tls_reloc(!parameters
->options().shared(), r_type
);
5950 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
5952 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
5953 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
5955 else if (tlsopt
!= tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
5956 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
5960 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
5961 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
5962 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
5963 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
:
5966 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
5967 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
5968 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
5970 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
5971 optimize_tls_reloc(!parameters
->options().shared(), r_type
);
5972 target
->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab
, layout
);
5973 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
5975 // Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver.
5976 target
->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab
, layout
);
5978 // Generate a double GOT entry with an R_AARCH64_TLSDESC reloc.
5979 // The R_AARCH64_TLSDESC reloc is resolved lazily, so the GOT
5980 // entry needs to be in an area in .got.plt, not .got. Call
5981 // got_section to make sure the section has been created.
5982 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
5983 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
5984 target
->got_tlsdesc_section();
5985 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
5986 if (!object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
))
5988 unsigned int got_offset
= got
->add_constant(0);
5989 got
->add_constant(0);
5990 object
->set_local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
,
5992 Reloc_section
* rt
= target
->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout
);
5993 // We store the arguments we need in a vector, and use
5994 // the index into the vector as the parameter to pass
5995 // to the target specific routines.
5996 uintptr_t intarg
= target
->add_tlsdesc_info(object
, r_sym
);
5997 void* arg
= reinterpret_cast<void*>(intarg
);
5998 rt
->add_target_specific(elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
, arg
,
5999 got
, got_offset
, 0);
6002 else if (tlsopt
!= tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6003 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
6007 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
6011 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
6016 // Report an unsupported relocation against a global symbol.
6018 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6020 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::unsupported_reloc_global(
6021 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
6022 unsigned int r_type
,
6025 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u against global symbol %s"),
6026 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
, gsym
->demangled_name().c_str());
6029 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6031 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan::global(
6032 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6034 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
6035 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
> * object
,
6036 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6037 Output_section
* output_section
,
6038 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
6039 unsigned int r_type
,
6042 // A STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol may require a PLT entry.
6043 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
6044 && this->reloc_needs_plt_for_ifunc(object
, r_type
))
6045 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6047 typedef Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>
6049 const AArch64_reloc_property
* arp
=
6050 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
6051 gold_assert(arp
!= NULL
);
6055 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS16
:
6056 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS32
:
6057 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
:
6059 // Make a PLT entry if necessary.
6060 if (gsym
->needs_plt_entry())
6062 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6063 // Since this is not a PC-relative relocation, we may be
6064 // taking the address of a function. In that case we need to
6065 // set the entry in the dynamic symbol table to the address of
6067 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && !parameters
->options().shared())
6068 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
6070 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6071 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(arp
->reference_flags()))
6073 if (!parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()
6074 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
6076 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
6077 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, rela
);
6079 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
6080 && gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
6081 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false)
6082 && !gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6083 && !gsym
->is_undefined()
6084 && !gsym
->is_preemptible())
6086 // Use an IRELATIVE reloc for a locally defined STT_GNU_IFUNC
6087 // symbol. This makes a function address in a PIE executable
6088 // match the address in a shared library that it links against.
6089 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn
=
6090 target
->rela_irelative_section(layout
);
6091 unsigned int r_type
= elfcpp::R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE
;
6092 rela_dyn
->add_symbolless_global_addend(gsym
, r_type
,
6093 output_section
, object
,
6095 rela
.get_r_offset(),
6096 rela
.get_r_addend());
6098 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
6099 && gsym
->can_use_relative_reloc(false))
6101 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn
= target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
6102 rela_dyn
->add_global_relative(gsym
,
6103 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_RELATIVE
,
6107 rela
.get_r_offset(),
6108 rela
.get_r_addend(),
6113 check_non_pic(object
, r_type
);
6114 Output_data_reloc
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, true, size
, big_endian
>*
6115 rela_dyn
= target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
6116 rela_dyn
->add_global(
6117 gsym
, r_type
, output_section
, object
,
6118 data_shndx
, rela
.get_r_offset(),rela
.get_r_addend());
6124 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL16
:
6125 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL32
:
6126 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL64
:
6127 // This is used to fill the GOT absolute address.
6128 if (gsym
->needs_plt_entry())
6130 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6134 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD_PREL_LO19
: // 273
6135 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21
: // 274
6136 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
: // 275
6137 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21_NC
: // 276
6138 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 277
6139 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 278
6140 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 284
6141 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 285
6142 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 286
6143 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC
: // 299
6145 if (gsym
->needs_plt_entry())
6146 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6147 // Make a dynamic relocation if necessary.
6148 if (gsym
->needs_dynamic_reloc(arp
->reference_flags()))
6150 if (parameters
->options().output_is_executable()
6151 && gsym
->may_need_copy_reloc())
6153 target
->copy_reloc(symtab
, layout
, object
,
6154 data_shndx
, output_section
, gsym
, rela
);
6160 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE
:
6161 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC
:
6163 // This pair of relocations is used to access a specific GOT entry.
6164 // Note a GOT entry is an *address* to a symbol.
6165 // The symbol requires a GOT entry
6166 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
6167 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6168 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
6170 // For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want the PLT address.
6171 if (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6172 got
->add_global_plt(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
6174 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
6178 // If this symbol is not fully resolved, we need to add a dynamic
6179 // relocation for it.
6180 Reloc_section
* rela_dyn
= target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
);
6182 // Use a GLOB_DAT rather than a RELATIVE reloc if:
6184 // 1) The symbol may be defined in some other module.
6185 // 2) We are building a shared library and this is a protected
6186 // symbol; using GLOB_DAT means that the dynamic linker can use
6187 // the address of the PLT in the main executable when appropriate
6188 // so that function address comparisons work.
6189 // 3) This is a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol in position dependent code,
6190 // again so that function address comparisons work.
6191 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6192 || gsym
->is_undefined()
6193 || gsym
->is_preemptible()
6194 || (gsym
->visibility() == elfcpp::STV_PROTECTED
6195 && parameters
->options().shared())
6196 || (gsym
->type() == elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
6197 && parameters
->options().output_is_position_independent()))
6198 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
,
6199 rela_dyn
, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT
);
6202 // For a STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol we want to write the PLT
6203 // offset into the GOT, so that function pointer
6204 // comparisons work correctly.
6206 if (gsym
->type() != elfcpp::STT_GNU_IFUNC
)
6207 is_new
= got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
6210 is_new
= got
->add_global_plt(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
);
6211 // Tell the dynamic linker to use the PLT address
6212 // when resolving relocations.
6213 if (gsym
->is_from_dynobj()
6214 && !parameters
->options().shared())
6215 gsym
->set_needs_dynsym_value();
6219 rela_dyn
->add_global_relative(
6220 gsym
, elfcpp::R_AARCH64_RELATIVE
,
6222 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
),
6231 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TSTBR14
:
6232 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CONDBR19
:
6233 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
:
6234 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
:
6236 if (gsym
->final_value_is_known())
6239 if (gsym
->is_defined() &&
6240 !gsym
->is_from_dynobj() &&
6241 !gsym
->is_preemptible())
6244 // Make plt entry for function call.
6245 target
->make_plt_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6249 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6250 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
: // General dynamic
6252 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
6253 optimize_tls_reloc(gsym
->final_value_is_known(), r_type
);
6254 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6256 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
6259 gold_assert(tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
);
6262 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
6263 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6264 // Create 2 consecutive entries for module index and offset.
6265 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
,
6266 target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
),
6267 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD64
,
6268 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPREL64
);
6272 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6273 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
: // Local dynamic
6275 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
6276 optimize_tls_reloc(!parameters
->options().shared(), r_type
);
6277 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
6279 // Create a GOT entry for the module index.
6280 target
->got_mod_index_entry(symtab
, layout
, object
);
6282 else if (tlsopt
!= tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6283 unsupported_reloc_local(object
, r_type
);
6287 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
6288 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
6289 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
6290 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
: // Other local dynamic
6293 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
6294 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
: // Initial executable
6296 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
6297 optimize_tls_reloc(gsym
->final_value_is_known(), r_type
);
6298 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6301 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
6302 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
6303 Output_data_got_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* got
6304 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6305 if (!parameters
->doing_static_link())
6307 got
->add_global_with_rel(
6308 gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
6309 target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
),
6310 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
);
6312 if (!gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
))
6314 got
->add_global(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
6315 unsigned int got_offset
=
6316 gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
);
6317 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
6318 gold_assert(addend
== 0);
6319 got
->add_static_reloc(got_offset
,
6320 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
, gsym
);
6325 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
6326 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
6327 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC
:
6328 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
6329 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC
:
6330 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
:
6331 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
:
6332 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC
: // Local executable
6333 layout
->set_has_static_tls();
6334 if (parameters
->options().shared())
6335 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLSLE reloc type %u in shared objects."),
6336 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
6339 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
6340 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
6341 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
: // TLS descriptor
6343 target
->define_tls_base_symbol(symtab
, layout
);
6344 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
6345 optimize_tls_reloc(gsym
->final_value_is_known(), r_type
);
6346 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
6348 // Create reserved PLT and GOT entries for the resolver.
6349 target
->reserve_tlsdesc_entries(symtab
, layout
);
6351 // Create a double GOT entry with an R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
6352 // relocation. The R_AARCH64_TLSDESC is resolved lazily, so the GOT
6353 // entry needs to be in an area in .got.plt, not .got. Call
6354 // got_section to make sure the section has been created.
6355 target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6356 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
=
6357 target
->got_tlsdesc_section();
6358 Reloc_section
* rt
= target
->rela_tlsdesc_section(layout
);
6359 got
->add_global_pair_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
, rt
,
6360 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
, 0);
6362 else if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
)
6364 // Create a GOT entry for the tp-relative offset.
6365 Output_data_got
<size
, big_endian
>* got
6366 = target
->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6367 got
->add_global_with_rel(gsym
, GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
,
6368 target
->rela_dyn_section(layout
),
6369 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
);
6371 else if (tlsopt
!= tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6372 unsupported_reloc_global(object
, r_type
, gsym
);
6376 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
6380 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc type in global scan"),
6381 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->
6382 reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
).c_str());
6385 } // End of Scan::global
6388 // Create the PLT section.
6389 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6391 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::make_plt_section(
6392 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
)
6394 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
6396 // Create the GOT section first.
6397 this->got_section(symtab
, layout
);
6399 this->plt_
= this->make_data_plt(layout
, this->got_
, this->got_plt_
,
6400 this->got_irelative_
);
6402 layout
->add_output_section_data(".plt", elfcpp::SHT_PROGBITS
,
6404 | elfcpp::SHF_EXECINSTR
),
6405 this->plt_
, ORDER_PLT
, false);
6407 // Make the sh_info field of .rela.plt point to .plt.
6408 Output_section
* rela_plt_os
= this->plt_
->rela_plt()->output_section();
6409 rela_plt_os
->set_info_section(this->plt_
->output_section());
6413 // Return the section for TLSDESC relocations.
6415 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6416 typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Reloc_section
*
6417 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::rela_tlsdesc_section(Layout
* layout
) const
6419 return this->plt_section()->rela_tlsdesc(layout
);
6422 // Create a PLT entry for a global symbol.
6424 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6426 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::make_plt_entry(
6427 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6431 if (gsym
->has_plt_offset())
6434 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
6435 this->make_plt_section(symtab
, layout
);
6437 this->plt_
->add_entry(symtab
, layout
, gsym
);
6440 // Make a PLT entry for a local STT_GNU_IFUNC symbol.
6442 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6444 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::make_local_ifunc_plt_entry(
6445 Symbol_table
* symtab
, Layout
* layout
,
6446 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
6447 unsigned int local_sym_index
)
6449 if (relobj
->local_has_plt_offset(local_sym_index
))
6451 if (this->plt_
== NULL
)
6452 this->make_plt_section(symtab
, layout
);
6453 unsigned int plt_offset
= this->plt_
->add_local_ifunc_entry(symtab
, layout
,
6456 relobj
->set_local_plt_offset(local_sym_index
, plt_offset
);
6459 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6461 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::gc_process_relocs(
6462 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6464 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
6465 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6466 unsigned int sh_type
,
6467 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
6469 Output_section
* output_section
,
6470 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
6471 size_t local_symbol_count
,
6472 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
6474 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6479 gold::gc_process_relocs
<
6481 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>,
6483 typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Scan
,
6484 typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc
>(
6493 needs_special_offset_handling
,
6498 // Scan relocations for a section.
6500 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6502 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_relocs(
6503 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
6505 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
6506 unsigned int data_shndx
,
6507 unsigned int sh_type
,
6508 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
6510 Output_section
* output_section
,
6511 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
6512 size_t local_symbol_count
,
6513 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
)
6515 if (sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_REL
)
6517 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported REL reloc section"),
6518 object
->name().c_str());
6521 gold::scan_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, Target_aarch64
, elfcpp::SHT_RELA
, Scan
>(
6530 needs_special_offset_handling
,
6535 // Return the value to use for a dynamic which requires special
6536 // treatment. This is how we support equality comparisons of function
6537 // pointers across shared library boundaries, as described in the
6538 // processor specific ABI supplement.
6540 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6542 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_dynsym_value(const Symbol
* gsym
) const
6544 gold_assert(gsym
->is_from_dynobj() && gsym
->has_plt_offset());
6545 return this->plt_address_for_global(gsym
);
6549 // Finalize the sections.
6551 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6553 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::do_finalize_sections(
6555 const Input_objects
*,
6556 Symbol_table
* symtab
)
6558 const Reloc_section
* rel_plt
= (this->plt_
== NULL
6560 : this->plt_
->rela_plt());
6561 layout
->add_target_dynamic_tags(false, this->got_plt_
, rel_plt
,
6562 this->rela_dyn_
, true, false);
6564 // Emit any relocs we saved in an attempt to avoid generating COPY
6566 if (this->copy_relocs_
.any_saved_relocs())
6567 this->copy_relocs_
.emit(this->rela_dyn_section(layout
));
6569 // Fill in some more dynamic tags.
6570 Output_data_dynamic
* const odyn
= layout
->dynamic_data();
6573 if (this->plt_
!= NULL
6574 && this->plt_
->output_section() != NULL
6575 && this->plt_
->has_tlsdesc_entry())
6577 unsigned int plt_offset
= this->plt_
->get_tlsdesc_plt_offset();
6578 unsigned int got_offset
= this->plt_
->get_tlsdesc_got_offset();
6579 this->got_
->finalize_data_size();
6580 odyn
->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_PLT
,
6581 this->plt_
, plt_offset
);
6582 odyn
->add_section_plus_offset(elfcpp::DT_TLSDESC_GOT
,
6583 this->got_
, got_offset
);
6587 // Set the size of the _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ symbol to the size of
6588 // the .got.plt section.
6589 Symbol
* sym
= this->global_offset_table_
;
6592 uint64_t data_size
= this->got_plt_
->current_data_size();
6593 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(sym
)->set_symsize(data_size
);
6595 // If the .got section is more than 0x8000 bytes, we add
6596 // 0x8000 to the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_, so that 16
6597 // bit relocations have a greater chance of working.
6598 if (data_size
>= 0x8000)
6599 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(sym
)->set_value(
6600 symtab
->get_sized_symbol
<size
>(sym
)->value() + 0x8000);
6603 if (parameters
->doing_static_link()
6604 && (this->plt_
== NULL
|| !this->plt_
->has_irelative_section()))
6606 // If linking statically, make sure that the __rela_iplt symbols
6607 // were defined if necessary, even if we didn't create a PLT.
6608 static const Define_symbol_in_segment syms
[] =
6611 "__rela_iplt_start", // name
6612 elfcpp::PT_LOAD
, // segment_type
6613 elfcpp::PF_W
, // segment_flags_set
6614 elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear
6617 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
, // type
6618 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, // binding
6619 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, // visibility
6621 Symbol::SEGMENT_START
, // offset_from_base
6625 "__rela_iplt_end", // name
6626 elfcpp::PT_LOAD
, // segment_type
6627 elfcpp::PF_W
, // segment_flags_set
6628 elfcpp::PF(0), // segment_flags_clear
6631 elfcpp::STT_NOTYPE
, // type
6632 elfcpp::STB_GLOBAL
, // binding
6633 elfcpp::STV_HIDDEN
, // visibility
6635 Symbol::SEGMENT_START
, // offset_from_base
6640 symtab
->define_symbols(layout
, 2, syms
,
6641 layout
->script_options()->saw_sections_clause());
6647 // Perform a relocation.
6649 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6651 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate(
6652 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
6653 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
6656 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
6657 unsigned int r_type
,
6658 const Sized_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
6659 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
6660 unsigned char* view
,
6661 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr address
,
6662 section_size_type
/* view_size */)
6667 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> Reloc
;
6669 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
6670 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
6672 if (reloc_property
== NULL
)
6674 std::string reloc_name
=
6675 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->reloc_name_in_error_message(r_type
);
6676 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rela
.get_r_offset(),
6677 _("cannot relocate %s in object file"),
6678 reloc_name
.c_str());
6682 const Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
6684 // Pick the value to use for symbols defined in the PLT.
6685 Symbol_value
<size
> symval
;
6687 && gsym
->use_plt_offset(reloc_property
->reference_flags()))
6689 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_address_for_global(gsym
));
6692 else if (gsym
== NULL
&& psymval
->is_ifunc_symbol())
6694 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
6695 if (object
->local_has_plt_offset(r_sym
))
6697 symval
.set_output_value(target
->plt_address_for_local(object
, r_sym
));
6702 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
6704 // Get the GOT offset if needed.
6705 // For aarch64, the GOT pointer points to the start of the GOT section.
6706 bool have_got_offset
= false;
6708 int got_base
= (target
->got_
!= NULL
6709 ? (target
->got_
->current_data_size() >= 0x8000
6714 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G0
:
6715 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G0_NC
:
6716 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G1
:
6717 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G1_NC
:
6718 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G2
:
6719 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G2_NC
:
6720 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_MOVW_GOTOFF_G3
:
6721 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GOTREL64
:
6722 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GOTREL32
:
6723 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GOT_LD_PREL19
:
6724 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOTOFF_LO15
:
6725 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE
:
6726 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC
:
6727 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOTPAGE_LO15
:
6730 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
6731 got_offset
= gsym
->got_offset(GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
) - got_base
;
6735 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
6736 gold_assert(object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
));
6737 got_offset
= (object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, GOT_TYPE_STANDARD
)
6740 have_got_offset
= true;
6747 typename
Reloc::Status reloc_status
= Reloc::STATUS_OKAY
;
6748 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr value
;
6751 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_NONE
:
6754 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS64
:
6755 reloc_status
= Reloc::template rela_ua
<64>(
6756 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, reloc_property
);
6759 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS32
:
6760 reloc_status
= Reloc::template rela_ua
<32>(
6761 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, reloc_property
);
6764 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ABS16
:
6765 reloc_status
= Reloc::template rela_ua
<16>(
6766 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, reloc_property
);
6769 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL64
:
6770 reloc_status
= Reloc::template pcrela_ua
<64>(
6771 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
, reloc_property
);
6774 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL32
:
6775 reloc_status
= Reloc::template pcrela_ua
<32>(
6776 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
, reloc_property
);
6779 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_PREL16
:
6780 reloc_status
= Reloc::template pcrela_ua
<16>(
6781 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
, reloc_property
);
6784 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD_PREL_LO19
:
6785 reloc_status
= Reloc::template pcrela_general
<32>(
6786 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
, reloc_property
);
6789 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_LO21
:
6790 reloc_status
= Reloc::adr(view
, object
, psymval
, addend
,
6791 address
, reloc_property
);
6794 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21_NC
:
6795 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_PREL_PG_HI21
:
6796 reloc_status
= Reloc::adrp(view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
,
6800 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST8_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6801 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST16_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6802 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST32_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6803 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST64_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6804 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LDST128_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6805 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADD_ABS_LO12_NC
:
6806 reloc_status
= Reloc::template rela_general
<32>(
6807 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, reloc_property
);
6810 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CALL26
:
6811 if (this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_
)
6813 // Double check that the TLSGD insn has been optimized away.
6814 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
6815 Insntype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(
6816 reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
));
6817 gold_assert((insn
& 0xff000000) == 0x91000000);
6819 reloc_status
= Reloc::STATUS_OKAY
;
6820 this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_
= false;
6821 // Return false to stop further processing this reloc.
6825 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP26
:
6826 if (Reloc::maybe_apply_stub(r_type
, relinfo
, rela
, view
, address
,
6827 gsym
, psymval
, object
,
6828 target
->stub_group_size_
))
6831 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TSTBR14
:
6832 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_CONDBR19
:
6833 reloc_status
= Reloc::template pcrela_general
<32>(
6834 view
, object
, psymval
, addend
, address
, reloc_property
);
6837 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_ADR_GOT_PAGE
:
6838 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
6839 value
= target
->got_
->address() + got_base
+ got_offset
;
6840 reloc_status
= Reloc::adrp(view
, value
+ addend
, address
);
6843 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_LD64_GOT_LO12_NC
:
6844 gold_assert(have_got_offset
);
6845 value
= target
->got_
->address() + got_base
+ got_offset
;
6846 reloc_status
= Reloc::template rela_general
<32>(
6847 view
, value
, addend
, reloc_property
);
6850 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6851 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
6852 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6853 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
6854 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
6855 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
6856 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
6857 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
:
6858 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
6859 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
:
6860 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
6861 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
6862 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC
:
6863 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
6864 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC
:
6865 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
:
6866 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
:
6867 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC
:
6868 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
6869 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
6870 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
6871 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
6872 reloc_status
= relocate_tls(relinfo
, target
, relnum
, rela
, r_type
,
6873 gsym
, psymval
, view
, address
);
6876 // These are dynamic relocations, which are unexpected when linking.
6877 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_COPY
:
6878 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_GLOB_DAT
:
6879 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_JUMP_SLOT
:
6880 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_RELATIVE
:
6881 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_IRELATIVE
:
6882 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPREL64
:
6883 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_DTPMOD64
:
6884 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLS_TPREL64
:
6885 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC
:
6886 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rela
.get_r_offset(),
6887 _("unexpected reloc %u in object file"),
6892 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rela
.get_r_offset(),
6893 _("unsupported reloc %s"),
6894 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
6898 // Report any errors.
6899 switch (reloc_status
)
6901 case Reloc::STATUS_OKAY
:
6903 case Reloc::STATUS_OVERFLOW
:
6904 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rela
.get_r_offset(),
6905 _("relocation overflow in %s"),
6906 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
6908 case Reloc::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
:
6909 gold_error_at_location(
6912 rela
.get_r_offset(),
6913 _("unexpected opcode while processing relocation %s"),
6914 reloc_property
->name().c_str());
6924 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
6926 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
6927 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::relocate_tls(
6928 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
6929 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
6931 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
6932 unsigned int r_type
, const Sized_symbol
<size
>* gsym
,
6933 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
,
6934 unsigned char* view
,
6935 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr address
)
6937 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
6938 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
6940 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
6941 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
6942 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
6943 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(r_type
);
6944 gold_assert(reloc_property
!= NULL
);
6946 const bool is_final
= (gsym
== NULL
6947 ? !parameters
->options().shared()
6948 : gsym
->final_value_is_known());
6949 tls::Tls_optimization tlsopt
= Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::
6950 optimize_tls_reloc(is_final
, r_type
);
6952 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
= relinfo
->object
;
6953 int tls_got_offset_type
;
6956 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6957 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
: // Global-dynamic
6959 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
6961 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
6963 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
6964 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
6965 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
6967 return tls_gd_to_le(relinfo
, target
, rela
, r_type
, view
,
6970 else if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
6972 tls_got_offset_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_PAIR
;
6973 // Firstly get the address for the got entry.
6974 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_entry_address
;
6977 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
));
6978 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address() +
6979 gsym
->got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
);
6983 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
6985 object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
));
6986 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address() +
6987 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
);
6990 // Relocate the address into adrp/ld, adrp/add pair.
6993 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21
:
6994 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::adrp(
6995 view
, got_entry_address
+ addend
, address
);
6999 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
7000 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7001 view
, got_entry_address
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7008 gold_error_at_location(relinfo
, relnum
, rela
.get_r_offset(),
7009 _("unsupported gd_to_ie relaxation on %u"),
7014 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
7015 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
: // Local-dynamic
7017 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
7019 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
7021 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
7022 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
7023 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7025 return this->tls_ld_to_le(relinfo
, target
, rela
, r_type
, view
,
7029 gold_assert(tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
);
7030 // Relocate the field with the offset of the GOT entry for
7031 // the module index.
7032 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_entry_address
;
7033 got_entry_address
= (target
->got_mod_index_entry(NULL
, NULL
, NULL
) +
7034 target
->got_
->address());
7038 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21
:
7039 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::adrp(
7040 view
, got_entry_address
+ addend
, address
);
7043 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
:
7044 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7045 view
, got_entry_address
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7054 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
7055 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
7056 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
7057 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
: // Other local-dynamic
7059 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7060 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
7062 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
7064 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
7065 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
7066 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7071 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G1
:
7072 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::movnz(view
, value
+ addend
,
7076 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_MOVW_DTPREL_G0_NC
:
7077 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_HI12
:
7078 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_DTPREL_LO12_NC
:
7079 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7080 view
, value
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7086 // We should never reach here.
7090 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
7091 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
: // Initial-exec
7093 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
7095 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
7097 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
7098 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
7099 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7101 return tls_ie_to_le(relinfo
, target
, rela
, r_type
, view
,
7104 tls_got_offset_type
= GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
;
7106 // Firstly get the address for the got entry.
7107 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_entry_address
;
7110 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
));
7111 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address() +
7112 gsym
->got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
);
7116 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
7118 object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
));
7119 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address() +
7120 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
);
7122 // Relocate the address into adrp/ld, adrp/add pair.
7125 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
:
7126 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::adrp(view
, got_entry_address
+ addend
,
7129 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
:
7130 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7131 view
, got_entry_address
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7136 // We shall never reach here.
7139 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
7140 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
7141 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1_NC
:
7142 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
7143 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0_NC
:
7144 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
:
7145 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
:
7146 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12_NC
:
7148 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7149 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(object
, 0);
7151 if (!parameters
->options().shared())
7153 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7154 align_address(target
->tcb_size(),
7155 tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7156 value
+= aligned_tcb_size
;
7159 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G2
:
7160 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G1
:
7161 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_MOVW_TPREL_G0
:
7162 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::movnz(view
, value
+ addend
,
7165 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template
7166 rela_general
<32>(view
,
7173 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported reloc %u "
7174 "in non-static TLSLE mode."),
7175 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7179 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
7180 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
7181 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
7182 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
7184 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_LE
)
7186 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
7188 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
7189 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
7190 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7192 return tls_desc_gd_to_le(relinfo
, target
, rela
, r_type
,
7197 tls_got_offset_type
= (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
7198 ? GOT_TYPE_TLS_OFFSET
7199 : GOT_TYPE_TLS_DESC
);
7200 unsigned int got_tlsdesc_offset
= 0;
7201 if (r_type
!= elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
7202 && tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_NONE
)
7204 // We created GOT entries in the .got.tlsdesc portion of the
7205 // .got.plt section, but the offset stored in the symbol is the
7206 // offset within .got.tlsdesc.
7207 got_tlsdesc_offset
= (target
->got_
->data_size()
7208 + target
->got_plt_section()->data_size());
7210 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_entry_address
;
7213 gold_assert(gsym
->has_got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
));
7214 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address()
7215 + got_tlsdesc_offset
7216 + gsym
->got_offset(tls_got_offset_type
);
7220 unsigned int r_sym
= elfcpp::elf_r_sym
<size
>(rela
.get_r_info());
7222 object
->local_has_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
));
7223 got_entry_address
= target
->got_
->address() +
7224 got_tlsdesc_offset
+
7225 object
->local_got_offset(r_sym
, tls_got_offset_type
);
7227 if (tlsopt
== tls::TLSOPT_TO_IE
)
7229 if (tls_segment
== NULL
)
7231 gold_assert(parameters
->errors()->error_count() > 0
7232 || issue_undefined_symbol_error(gsym
));
7233 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7235 return tls_desc_gd_to_ie(relinfo
, target
, rela
, r_type
,
7236 view
, psymval
, got_entry_address
,
7240 // Now do tlsdesc relocation.
7243 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
7244 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::adrp(view
,
7245 got_entry_address
+ addend
,
7248 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
7249 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
7250 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7251 view
, got_entry_address
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7253 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
7254 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7264 gold_error(_("%s: unsupported TLS reloc %u."),
7265 object
->name().c_str(), r_type
);
7267 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7268 } // End of relocate_tls.
7271 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7273 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
7274 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::tls_gd_to_le(
7275 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7276 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
7277 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
7278 unsigned int r_type
,
7279 unsigned char* view
,
7280 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
)
7282 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
7283 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
7284 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
7286 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
7287 Insntype insn1
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
);
7288 Insntype insn2
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
+ 1);
7289 Insntype insn3
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
+ 2);
7291 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADD_LO12_NC
)
7293 // This is the 2nd relocs, optimization should already have been
7295 gold_assert((insn1
& 0xfff00000) == 0x91400000);
7296 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7299 // The original sequence is -
7300 // 90000000 adrp x0, 0 <main>
7301 // 91000000 add x0, x0, #0x0
7302 // 94000000 bl 0 <__tls_get_addr>
7303 // optimized to sequence -
7304 // d53bd040 mrs x0, tpidr_el0
7305 // 91400000 add x0, x0, #0x0, lsl #12
7306 // 91000000 add x0, x0, #0x0
7308 // Unlike tls_ie_to_le, we change the 3 insns in one function call when we
7309 // encounter the first relocation "R_AARCH64_TLSGD_ADR_PAGE21". Because we
7310 // have to change "bl tls_get_addr", which does not have a corresponding tls
7311 // relocation type. So before proceeding, we need to make sure compiler
7312 // does not change the sequence.
7313 if(!(insn1
== 0x90000000 // adrp x0,0
7314 && insn2
== 0x91000000 // add x0, x0, #0x0
7315 && insn3
== 0x94000000)) // bl 0
7317 // Ideally we should give up gd_to_le relaxation and do gd access.
7318 // However the gd_to_le relaxation decision has been made early
7319 // in the scan stage, where we did not allocate any GOT entry for
7320 // this symbol. Therefore we have to exit and report error now.
7321 gold_error(_("unexpected reloc insn sequence while relaxing "
7322 "tls gd to le for reloc %u."), r_type
);
7323 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7327 insn1
= 0xd53bd040; // mrs x0, tpidr_el0
7328 insn2
= 0x91400000; // add x0, x0, #0x0, lsl #12
7329 insn3
= 0x91000000; // add x0, x0, #0x0
7330 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, insn1
);
7331 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ 1, insn2
);
7332 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ 2, insn3
);
7334 // Calculate tprel value.
7335 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
7336 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7337 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(relinfo
->object
, 0);
7338 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
7339 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7340 align_address(target
->tcb_size(), tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7341 AArch64_address x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7343 // After new insns are written, apply TLSLE relocs.
7344 const AArch64_reloc_property
* rp1
=
7345 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
7346 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
);
7347 const AArch64_reloc_property
* rp2
=
7348 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
7349 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
);
7350 gold_assert(rp1
!= NULL
&& rp2
!= NULL
);
7352 typename
aarch64_reloc_funcs::Status s1
=
7353 aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(view
+ 4,
7357 if (s1
!= aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
)
7360 typename
aarch64_reloc_funcs::Status s2
=
7361 aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(view
+ 8,
7366 this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_
= true;
7368 } // End of tls_gd_to_le
7371 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7373 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
7374 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::tls_ld_to_le(
7375 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7376 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
7377 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
7378 unsigned int r_type
,
7379 unsigned char* view
,
7380 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
)
7382 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
7383 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
7384 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
7386 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
7387 Insntype insn1
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
);
7388 Insntype insn2
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
+ 1);
7389 Insntype insn3
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
+ 2);
7391 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADD_LO12_NC
)
7393 // This is the 2nd relocs, optimization should already have been
7395 gold_assert((insn1
& 0xfff00000) == 0x91400000);
7396 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7399 // The original sequence is -
7400 // 90000000 adrp x0, 0 <main>
7401 // 91000000 add x0, x0, #0x0
7402 // 94000000 bl 0 <__tls_get_addr>
7403 // optimized to sequence -
7404 // d53bd040 mrs x0, tpidr_el0
7405 // 91400000 add x0, x0, #0x0, lsl #12
7406 // 91000000 add x0, x0, #0x0
7408 // Unlike tls_ie_to_le, we change the 3 insns in one function call when we
7409 // encounter the first relocation "R_AARCH64_TLSLD_ADR_PAGE21". Because we
7410 // have to change "bl tls_get_addr", which does not have a corresponding tls
7411 // relocation type. So before proceeding, we need to make sure compiler
7412 // does not change the sequence.
7413 if(!(insn1
== 0x90000000 // adrp x0,0
7414 && insn2
== 0x91000000 // add x0, x0, #0x0
7415 && insn3
== 0x94000000)) // bl 0
7417 // Ideally we should give up gd_to_le relaxation and do gd access.
7418 // However the gd_to_le relaxation decision has been made early
7419 // in the scan stage, where we did not allocate any GOT entry for
7420 // this symbol. Therefore we have to exit and report error now.
7421 gold_error(_("unexpected reloc insn sequence while relaxing "
7422 "tls gd to le for reloc %u."), r_type
);
7423 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7427 insn1
= 0xd53bd040; // mrs x0, tpidr_el0
7428 insn2
= 0x91400000; // add x0, x0, #0x0, lsl #12
7429 insn3
= 0x91000000; // add x0, x0, #0x0
7430 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, insn1
);
7431 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ 1, insn2
);
7432 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
+ 2, insn3
);
7434 // Calculate tprel value.
7435 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
7436 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7437 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(relinfo
->object
, 0);
7438 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
7439 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7440 align_address(target
->tcb_size(), tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7441 AArch64_address x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7443 // After new insns are written, apply TLSLE relocs.
7444 const AArch64_reloc_property
* rp1
=
7445 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
7446 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_HI12
);
7447 const AArch64_reloc_property
* rp2
=
7448 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
7449 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSLE_ADD_TPREL_LO12
);
7450 gold_assert(rp1
!= NULL
&& rp2
!= NULL
);
7452 typename
aarch64_reloc_funcs::Status s1
=
7453 aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(view
+ 4,
7457 if (s1
!= aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
)
7460 typename
aarch64_reloc_funcs::Status s2
=
7461 aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(view
+ 8,
7466 this->skip_call_tls_get_addr_
= true;
7469 } // End of tls_ld_to_le
7471 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7473 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
7474 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::tls_ie_to_le(
7475 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7476 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
7477 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
7478 unsigned int r_type
,
7479 unsigned char* view
,
7480 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
)
7482 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
7483 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
7484 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
7486 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(relinfo
->object
, 0);
7487 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
7488 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_address
=
7489 align_address(target
->tcb_size(), tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7490 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
7491 AArch64_address x
= value
+ addend
+ aligned_tcb_address
;
7492 // "x" is the offset to tp, we can only do this if x is within
7493 // range [0, 2^32-1]
7494 if (!(size
== 32 || (size
== 64 && (static_cast<uint64_t>(x
) >> 32) == 0)))
7496 gold_error(_("TLS variable referred by reloc %u is too far from TP."),
7498 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7501 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
7502 Insntype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
);
7505 if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_ADR_GOTTPREL_PAGE21
)
7508 regno
= (insn
& 0x1f);
7509 newinsn
= (0xd2a00000 | regno
) | (((x
>> 16) & 0xffff) << 5);
7511 else if (r_type
== elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
)
7514 regno
= (insn
& 0x1f);
7515 gold_assert(regno
== ((insn
>> 5) & 0x1f));
7516 newinsn
= (0xf2800000 | regno
) | ((x
& 0xffff) << 5);
7521 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, newinsn
);
7522 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7523 } // End of tls_ie_to_le
7526 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7528 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
7529 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_le(
7530 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7531 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* target
,
7532 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
7533 unsigned int r_type
,
7534 unsigned char* view
,
7535 const Symbol_value
<size
>* psymval
)
7537 typedef typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr AArch64_address
;
7538 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
7539 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
7541 // TLSDESC-GD sequence is like:
7542 // adrp x0, :tlsdesc:v1
7543 // ldr x1, [x0, #:tlsdesc_lo12:v1]
7544 // add x0, x0, :tlsdesc_lo12:v1
7547 // After desc_gd_to_le optimization, the sequence will be like:
7548 // movz x0, #0x0, lsl #16
7553 // Calculate tprel value.
7554 Output_segment
* tls_segment
= relinfo
->layout
->tls_segment();
7555 gold_assert(tls_segment
!= NULL
);
7556 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
7557 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
7558 AArch64_address value
= psymval
->value(relinfo
->object
, addend
);
7559 AArch64_address aligned_tcb_size
=
7560 align_address(target
->tcb_size(), tls_segment
->maximum_alignment());
7561 AArch64_address x
= value
+ aligned_tcb_size
;
7562 // x is the offset to tp, we can only do this if x is within range
7563 // [0, 2^32-1]. If x is out of range, fail and exit.
7564 if (size
== 64 && (static_cast<uint64_t>(x
) >> 32) != 0)
7566 gold_error(_("TLS variable referred by reloc %u is too far from TP. "
7567 "We Can't do gd_to_le relaxation.\n"), r_type
);
7568 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_BAD_RELOC
;
7573 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
7574 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
7576 newinsn
= 0xd503201f;
7579 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
7581 newinsn
= 0xd2a00000 | (((x
>> 16) & 0xffff) << 5);
7584 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
7586 newinsn
= 0xf2800000 | ((x
& 0xffff) << 5);
7590 gold_error(_("unsupported tlsdesc gd_to_le optimization on reloc %u"),
7594 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, newinsn
);
7595 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7596 } // End of tls_desc_gd_to_le
7599 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7601 typename AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
>::Status
7602 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate::tls_desc_gd_to_ie(
7603 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* /* relinfo */,
7604 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>* /* target */,
7605 const elfcpp::Rela
<size
, big_endian
>& rela
,
7606 unsigned int r_type
,
7607 unsigned char* view
,
7608 const Symbol_value
<size
>* /* psymval */,
7609 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr got_entry_address
,
7610 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr address
)
7612 typedef typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::Valtype Insntype
;
7613 typedef AArch64_relocate_functions
<size
, big_endian
> aarch64_reloc_funcs
;
7615 // TLSDESC-GD sequence is like:
7616 // adrp x0, :tlsdesc:v1
7617 // ldr x1, [x0, #:tlsdesc_lo12:v1]
7618 // add x0, x0, :tlsdesc_lo12:v1
7621 // After desc_gd_to_ie optimization, the sequence will be like:
7622 // adrp x0, :tlsie:v1
7623 // ldr x0, [x0, :tlsie_lo12:v1]
7627 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(view
);
7628 const elfcpp::Elf_Xword addend
= rela
.get_r_addend();
7632 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADD_LO12
:
7633 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_CALL
:
7635 newinsn
= 0xd503201f;
7636 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, newinsn
);
7639 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_ADR_PAGE21
:
7641 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::adrp(view
, got_entry_address
+ addend
,
7646 case elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSDESC_LD64_LO12
:
7648 // Set ldr target register to be x0.
7649 Insntype insn
= elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::readval(ip
);
7651 elfcpp::Swap
<32, big_endian
>::writeval(ip
, insn
);
7653 const AArch64_reloc_property
* reloc_property
=
7654 aarch64_reloc_property_table
->get_reloc_property(
7655 elfcpp::R_AARCH64_TLSIE_LD64_GOTTPREL_LO12_NC
);
7656 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::template rela_general
<32>(
7657 view
, got_entry_address
, addend
, reloc_property
);
7662 gold_error(_("Don't support tlsdesc gd_to_ie optimization on reloc %u"),
7666 return aarch64_reloc_funcs::STATUS_OKAY
;
7667 } // End of tls_desc_gd_to_ie
7669 // Relocate section data.
7671 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7673 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::relocate_section(
7674 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7675 unsigned int sh_type
,
7676 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7678 Output_section
* output_section
,
7679 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7680 unsigned char* view
,
7681 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr address
,
7682 section_size_type view_size
,
7683 const Reloc_symbol_changes
* reloc_symbol_changes
)
7685 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
7686 typedef typename Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocate AArch64_relocate
;
7687 gold::relocate_section
<size
, big_endian
, Target_aarch64
, elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
7688 AArch64_relocate
, gold::Default_comdat_behavior
>(
7694 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7698 reloc_symbol_changes
);
7701 // Return the size of a relocation while scanning during a relocatable
7704 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7706 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::Relocatable_size_for_reloc::
7711 // We will never support SHT_REL relocations.
7716 // Scan the relocs during a relocatable link.
7718 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7720 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_relocatable_relocs(
7721 Symbol_table
* symtab
,
7723 Sized_relobj_file
<size
, big_endian
>* object
,
7724 unsigned int data_shndx
,
7725 unsigned int sh_type
,
7726 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7728 Output_section
* output_section
,
7729 bool needs_special_offset_handling
,
7730 size_t local_symbol_count
,
7731 const unsigned char* plocal_symbols
,
7732 Relocatable_relocs
* rr
)
7734 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
7736 typedef gold::Default_scan_relocatable_relocs
<elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
7737 Relocatable_size_for_reloc
> Scan_relocatable_relocs
;
7739 gold::scan_relocatable_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_RELA
,
7740 Scan_relocatable_relocs
>(
7748 needs_special_offset_handling
,
7754 // Relocate a section during a relocatable link.
7756 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7758 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::relocate_relocs(
7759 const Relocate_info
<size
, big_endian
>* relinfo
,
7760 unsigned int sh_type
,
7761 const unsigned char* prelocs
,
7763 Output_section
* output_section
,
7764 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Off offset_in_output_section
,
7765 const Relocatable_relocs
* rr
,
7766 unsigned char* view
,
7767 typename
elfcpp::Elf_types
<size
>::Elf_Addr view_address
,
7768 section_size_type view_size
,
7769 unsigned char* reloc_view
,
7770 section_size_type reloc_view_size
)
7772 gold_assert(sh_type
== elfcpp::SHT_RELA
);
7774 gold::relocate_relocs
<size
, big_endian
, elfcpp::SHT_RELA
>(
7779 offset_in_output_section
,
7789 // Return whether this is a 3-insn erratum sequence.
7791 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7793 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::is_erratum_843419_sequence(
7794 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn1
,
7795 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn2
,
7796 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn3
)
7801 // The 2nd insn is a single register load or store; or register pair
7803 if (Insn_utilities::aarch64_mem_op_p(insn2
, &rt1
, &rt2
, &pair
, &load
)
7804 && (!pair
|| (pair
&& !load
)))
7806 // The 3rd insn is a load or store instruction from the "Load/store
7807 // register (unsigned immediate)" encoding class, using Rn as the
7808 // base address register.
7809 if (Insn_utilities::aarch64_ldst_uimm(insn3
)
7810 && (Insn_utilities::aarch64_rn(insn3
)
7811 == Insn_utilities::aarch64_rd(insn1
)))
7818 // Return whether this is a 835769 sequence.
7819 // (Similarly implemented as in elfnn-aarch64.c.)
7821 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7823 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::is_erratum_835769_sequence(
7824 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn1
,
7825 typename
elfcpp::Swap
<32,big_endian
>::Valtype insn2
)
7835 if (Insn_utilities::aarch64_mlxl(insn2
)
7836 && Insn_utilities::aarch64_mem_op_p (insn1
, &rt
, &rt2
, &pair
, &load
))
7838 /* Any SIMD memory op is independent of the subsequent MLA
7839 by definition of the erratum. */
7840 if (Insn_utilities::aarch64_bit(insn1
, 26))
7843 /* If not SIMD, check for integer memory ops and MLA relationship. */
7844 rn
= Insn_utilities::aarch64_rn(insn2
);
7845 ra
= Insn_utilities::aarch64_ra(insn2
);
7846 rm
= Insn_utilities::aarch64_rm(insn2
);
7848 /* If this is a load and there's a true(RAW) dependency, we are safe
7849 and this is not an erratum sequence. */
7851 (rt
== rn
|| rt
== rm
|| rt
== ra
7852 || (pair
&& (rt2
== rn
|| rt2
== rm
|| rt2
== ra
))))
7855 /* We conservatively put out stubs for all other cases (including
7864 // Helper method to create erratum stub for ST_E_843419 and ST_E_835769.
7866 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7868 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::create_erratum_stub(
7869 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
7871 section_size_type erratum_insn_offset
,
7872 Address erratum_address
,
7873 typename
Insn_utilities::Insntype erratum_insn
,
7876 gold_assert(erratum_type
== ST_E_843419
|| erratum_type
== ST_E_835769
);
7877 The_stub_table
* stub_table
= relobj
->stub_table(shndx
);
7878 gold_assert(stub_table
!= NULL
);
7879 if (stub_table
->find_erratum_stub(relobj
,
7881 erratum_insn_offset
) == NULL
)
7883 const int BPI
= AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
7884 The_erratum_stub
* stub
= new The_erratum_stub(
7885 relobj
, erratum_type
, shndx
, erratum_insn_offset
);
7886 stub
->set_erratum_insn(erratum_insn
);
7887 stub
->set_erratum_address(erratum_address
);
7888 // For erratum ST_E_843419 and ST_E_835769, the destination address is
7889 // always the next insn after erratum insn.
7890 stub
->set_destination_address(erratum_address
+ BPI
);
7891 stub_table
->add_erratum_stub(stub
);
7896 // Scan erratum for section SHNDX range [output_address + span_start,
7897 // output_address + span_end). Note here we do not share the code with
7898 // scan_erratum_843419_span function, because for 843419 we optimize by only
7899 // scanning the last few insns of a page, whereas for 835769, we need to scan
7902 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7904 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_erratum_835769_span(
7905 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
7907 const section_size_type span_start
,
7908 const section_size_type span_end
,
7909 unsigned char* input_view
,
7910 Address output_address
)
7912 typedef typename
Insn_utilities::Insntype Insntype
;
7914 const int BPI
= AArch64_insn_utilities
<big_endian
>::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
7916 // Adjust output_address and view to the start of span.
7917 output_address
+= span_start
;
7918 input_view
+= span_start
;
7920 section_size_type span_length
= span_end
- span_start
;
7921 section_size_type offset
= 0;
7922 for (offset
= 0; offset
+ BPI
< span_length
; offset
+= BPI
)
7924 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(input_view
+ offset
);
7925 Insntype insn1
= ip
[0];
7926 Insntype insn2
= ip
[1];
7927 if (is_erratum_835769_sequence(insn1
, insn2
))
7929 Insntype erratum_insn
= insn2
;
7930 // "span_start + offset" is the offset for insn1. So for insn2, it is
7931 // "span_start + offset + BPI".
7932 section_size_type erratum_insn_offset
= span_start
+ offset
+ BPI
;
7933 Address erratum_address
= output_address
+ offset
+ BPI
;
7934 gold_warning(_("Erratum 835769 found and fixed at \"%s\", "
7935 "section %d, offset 0x%08x."),
7936 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
,
7937 (unsigned int)(span_start
+ offset
));
7939 this->create_erratum_stub(relobj
, shndx
,
7940 erratum_insn_offset
, erratum_address
,
7941 erratum_insn
, ST_E_835769
);
7942 offset
+= BPI
; // Skip mac insn.
7945 } // End of "Target_aarch64::scan_erratum_835769_span".
7948 // Scan erratum for section SHNDX range
7949 // [output_address + span_start, output_address + span_end).
7951 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
7953 Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>::scan_erratum_843419_span(
7954 AArch64_relobj
<size
, big_endian
>* relobj
,
7956 const section_size_type span_start
,
7957 const section_size_type span_end
,
7958 unsigned char* input_view
,
7959 Address output_address
)
7961 typedef typename
Insn_utilities::Insntype Insntype
;
7963 // Adjust output_address and view to the start of span.
7964 output_address
+= span_start
;
7965 input_view
+= span_start
;
7967 if ((output_address
& 0x03) != 0)
7970 section_size_type offset
= 0;
7971 section_size_type span_length
= span_end
- span_start
;
7972 // The first instruction must be ending at 0xFF8 or 0xFFC.
7973 unsigned int page_offset
= output_address
& 0xFFF;
7974 // Make sure starting position, that is "output_address+offset",
7975 // starts at page position 0xff8 or 0xffc.
7976 if (page_offset
< 0xff8)
7977 offset
= 0xff8 - page_offset
;
7978 while (offset
+ 3 * Insn_utilities::BYTES_PER_INSN
<= span_length
)
7980 Insntype
* ip
= reinterpret_cast<Insntype
*>(input_view
+ offset
);
7981 Insntype insn1
= ip
[0];
7982 if (Insn_utilities::is_adrp(insn1
))
7984 Insntype insn2
= ip
[1];
7985 Insntype insn3
= ip
[2];
7986 Insntype erratum_insn
;
7987 unsigned insn_offset
;
7988 bool do_report
= false;
7989 if (is_erratum_843419_sequence(insn1
, insn2
, insn3
))
7992 erratum_insn
= insn3
;
7993 insn_offset
= 2 * Insn_utilities::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
7995 else if (offset
+ 4 * Insn_utilities::BYTES_PER_INSN
<= span_length
)
7997 // Optionally we can have an insn between ins2 and ins3
7998 Insntype insn_opt
= ip
[2];
7999 // And insn_opt must not be a branch.
8000 if (!Insn_utilities::aarch64_b(insn_opt
)
8001 && !Insn_utilities::aarch64_bl(insn_opt
)
8002 && !Insn_utilities::aarch64_blr(insn_opt
)
8003 && !Insn_utilities::aarch64_br(insn_opt
))
8005 // And insn_opt must not write to dest reg in insn1. However
8006 // we do a conservative scan, which means we may fix/report
8007 // more than necessary, but it doesn't hurt.
8009 Insntype insn4
= ip
[3];
8010 if (is_erratum_843419_sequence(insn1
, insn2
, insn4
))
8013 erratum_insn
= insn4
;
8014 insn_offset
= 3 * Insn_utilities::BYTES_PER_INSN
;
8020 gold_warning(_("Erratum 843419 found and fixed at \"%s\", "
8021 "section %d, offset 0x%08x."),
8022 relobj
->name().c_str(), shndx
,
8023 (unsigned int)(span_start
+ offset
));
8024 unsigned int erratum_insn_offset
=
8025 span_start
+ offset
+ insn_offset
;
8026 Address erratum_address
=
8027 output_address
+ offset
+ insn_offset
;
8028 create_erratum_stub(relobj
, shndx
,
8029 erratum_insn_offset
, erratum_address
,
8030 erratum_insn
, ST_E_843419
);
8034 // Advance to next candidate instruction. We only consider instruction
8035 // sequences starting at a page offset of 0xff8 or 0xffc.
8036 page_offset
= (output_address
+ offset
) & 0xfff;
8037 if (page_offset
== 0xff8)
8039 else // (page_offset == 0xffc), we move to next page's 0xff8.
8042 } // End of "Target_aarch64::scan_erratum_843419_span".
8045 // The selector for aarch64 object files.
8047 template<int size
, bool big_endian
>
8048 class Target_selector_aarch64
: public Target_selector
8051 Target_selector_aarch64();
8054 do_instantiate_target()
8055 { return new Target_aarch64
<size
, big_endian
>(); }
8059 Target_selector_aarch64
<32, true>::Target_selector_aarch64()
8060 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, 32, true,
8061 "elf32-bigaarch64", "aarch64_elf32_be_vec")
8065 Target_selector_aarch64
<32, false>::Target_selector_aarch64()
8066 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, 32, false,
8067 "elf32-littleaarch64", "aarch64_elf32_le_vec")
8071 Target_selector_aarch64
<64, true>::Target_selector_aarch64()
8072 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, 64, true,
8073 "elf64-bigaarch64", "aarch64_elf64_be_vec")
8077 Target_selector_aarch64
<64, false>::Target_selector_aarch64()
8078 : Target_selector(elfcpp::EM_AARCH64
, 64, false,
8079 "elf64-littleaarch64", "aarch64_elf64_le_vec")
8082 Target_selector_aarch64
<32, true> target_selector_aarch64elf32b
;
8083 Target_selector_aarch64
<32, false> target_selector_aarch64elf32
;
8084 Target_selector_aarch64
<64, true> target_selector_aarch64elfb
;
8085 Target_selector_aarch64
<64, false> target_selector_aarch64elf
;
8087 } // End anonymous namespace.